nzcf drill manual - no. 1 (city of wellington) squadron, atc · nzcf 166 nzcf drill manual chapter...

236
NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL AUTHORITY PAGE ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NZCF 166 NEW ZEALAND CADET FORCES DRILL MANUAL THIS DRILL MANUAL IS NOT TO BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE PRIOR CONSULTATION AND APPROVAL FROM THE COMMANDANT NEW ZEALAND CADET FORCES. (Original Signed) G. STOKES COMMANDER COMMANDANT May 2015 1 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions © Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Upload: others

Post on 28-Jun-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL AUTHORITY PAGE ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

NZCF 166

NEW ZEALAND CADET FORCES DRILL MANUAL

THIS DRILL MANUAL IS NOT TO BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE PRIOR CONSULTATION AND APPROVAL FROM THE COMMANDANT NEW ZEALAND CADET FORCES.

(Original Signed) G. STOKES COMMANDER COMMANDANT May 2015

1 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 2: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL AMENDMENT PAGE ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Amendment Certificate Any proposals for amendment or additions to the text of this publication should be made through the Area Office.

The amendments in the under mentioned amendment list have been made in this publication.

Date Amendment Number Amendment Subject Chapter & Section

2 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 3: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL INTRODUCTION PAGE ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Introduction Production

This manual has been produced by the Training and Development Cell Headquarters NZCF and is effective November 2010. The information contained within this document represents the doctrine that is to be adopted by all NZCF personnel conducting foot and DPTA drill. Amendments are not to be made to this manual without the prior approval of the COMDT NZCF.

General

This manual has been produced for use by the NZCF and is based on the NZDF tri-Service ceremonial drill and single Service parade formats. It is the source document for all NZCF drill. The tri-Corps nature of cadet and officer training courses creates a necessity to adopt a tri-Corps drill and as a result there are, in small number of cases, minor changes from single Service specific drill.

While sufficient detail has been included in this manual to ensure uniformity within the NZCF, it is not possible to lay down precise procedures and formats to cover every Cadet Unit’s parade ground / accommodation circumstances. Cadet Unit Commanders are therefore expected to interpret these instructions reasonably and sensibly. On those occasions where the situation requires variations to the procedures and formats contained in this manual, every effort is to be made to maintain laid down procedures as closely as possible and without violating the intent of the manual, or changing the tri-Corps drill policy.

It is acknowledged that NZCF units on occasion may need to engage in drill movements not covered by this manual or participate in formation drill at a higher level than Company, Division and Squadron parades. On such occasions the single Service Drill Manuals (RNZN - BR 1834, NZ Army - P6 and the RNZAF - NZAP 818) should be referred to for correct format and procedures.

Aim of the Manual

The aim of this manual is to provide and maintain an appropriate level of commonality and consistency within the NZCF when conducting drill.

The Aim of NZCF Drill

“TO DEVELOP A CADET WHO IS, PROUD ALERT, SELF-DISCIPLINED, OBEDIENT AND PROVIDE THE BASIS FOR TEAMWORK.”

3 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 4: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 1 – Foot Drill SECTION 1 – Definitions

Formation Definition

Alignment Any straight line on which a body of cadets is formed or is to form.

Column Bodies of cadets one behind the other on parallel and successive alignments, at such a distance from one another as when formed to an angle of 1600 mils to either flank, they come into line with three paces interval between each.

Close Column A column with distance reduced to suit requirements.

Column of Route A column with not more than three cadets abreast in any part of the column, including officers and supernumeraries. The normal formation for cadets marching closed up on a road.

Column of Threes A column with its officers and supernumeraries maintaining their places as for line.

Covering The act of a body placing itself directly in the rear of another.

Depth The space occupied by a body of cadets from front to rear.

Directing Body The body, unit, or subordinate unit on which the direction pace and alignment or relative positions of the several parts of a formation depends.

Distance The space between cadets or bodies of cadets from front to rear.

Dressing The act of taking up alignment correctly.

File A front rank cadet and his/her coverer or coverers.

Blank File A file without centre or rear rank cadets or without a centre rank cadet. A blank file is the second file from the left.

Inner Flank That nearest the directing flank and serving as a pivot when a body is changing its direction.

Directing Flank That by which units march or dress.

Outer Flank That opposite to the inner or directing flank (often known as reverse flank).

Forming A method of changing direction as opposed to wheeling.

Front The direction in which cadets are facing or moving at any given time.

Frontage The extent of ground covered laterally by a body of cadets.

Incline A diagonal movement by which ground is gained to the front and flank simultaneously without alteration of the original alignment.

Interval The lateral space between cadets or bodies of cadets on the same alignment measured from flank to flank. Between cadets, intervals are measured from centre to centre.

Line Troops formed on the same alignment.

Markers Cadets employed to mark points used to direct a movement or to regulate a formation or alignment.

Open Order An increased distance between ranks for ceremonial or inspection purposes.

Close Order The normal distance between ranks in line.

4 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 5: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Formation Definition

Rank A line of cadets, side by side.

Single File Cadets one behind the other on a frontage of one at normal marching distance.

Supernumeraries The WOs and NCOs forming the third rank if in two ranks, or the fourth rank if in three ranks.

Wheeling A movement by which a body of cadets changes direction, each rank or file pivoting on the inner flank, whilst retaining its dressing.

To Raise the Knee

The leg that is on the ground is kept braced back with the foot firm and flat on the ground. The opposite knee is raised in front of the body so that the thigh is parallel to the ground. The toe hangs down at a natural angle, 30 cm from the ground. The leg is then straightened sharply so that when the foot reaches the ground the knee is braced back and the flat of the foot is firmly on the ground and in the required position.

To Bend the Knee As for “Raise the Knee” except the thigh is raised sufficiently far enough to allow the toe to hang naturally, 15 cm from the ground.

To Raise the Foot The leg that is on the ground is kept braced back with the foot firm and flat on the ground. The opposite foot is raised keeping the heel in line with the stationary leg. The toe hangs down at a natural angle, 15 cm from the ground. The leg is then straightened as for “Raise the Knee”.

To Shoot the Foot Forward

The opposite leg is braced back but allowed to flex at the ankle and toe while the foot nominated is shot forward with the knee braced and ready to carry the weight of the body forward onto that foot.

5 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 6: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 2 – Notes for the Instructor Introduction

1.1 All who teach and learn drill, must know the Aim of Drill. This chapter is for the drill instructor, and for those instructors who teach potential instructors.

1.2 The instructor must have a thorough knowledge of his subject, which is only gained through research, rehearsals and attention to detail.

The Qualities of a Drill Instructor

1.3 Drill is exacting and to teach it you must have the following qualities:

a. Patience. Never lose your temper;

b. Enthusiasm. You must inspire your group* with a will to learn;

c. Consistency. Set yourself and the group a standard. Do not deviate from it;

d. Humanity. Understand the group’s problems. Praise readily but do not become familiar, and never humiliate members of the squad; and

e. Personality. As a drill instructor you must impress your group with your personality and always control them fully.

Example

1.4 Cadets imitate their instructors and it is by example that they will learn most. Therefore:

a. When drilling a group, stand at attention;

b. When moving, march, as you would wish your squad to march;

c. When demonstrating, do so accurately;

d. Avoid abusive language;

e. Be immaculate in your dress and bearing;

f. Be correct in all detail towards your superiors;

g. Control body movement and never exaggerate a drill movement; and

h. Avoid touching a group member.

Producing the Maximum from the Group

1.5 A group will work well under pressure, when pressure is necessary, providing the instructor’s skills are of a high standard. Pressure is useful as long as progress is being made, but counter-productive if used in an endeavour to force the group beyond their ability.

6 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 7: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.6 Release of pressure, combined with praise or credit can be of good morale value to the group if well timed or deserved.

1.7 During the early stages of a cadet’s training regular rest periods are advisable. Use this time to discuss with the group any queries they may have.

1.8 Groups under instruction must not be kept in strained positions during explanations, demonstrations or questioning.

1.9 “Roll calls” each cadet is to come to attention once his or her name is called, answering “Sir”, “Sergeant”, as appropriate. The next name called or if he or she is the last name called he or she is to stand at ease. Cadets will come to attention when they speak to or addressed by a superior.

Correction of Faults

1.10 Should an instructor make a mistake in his instruction he will gain prestige by admitting such a mistake and correcting it immediately or on the next drill parade. Never try to bluff.

1.11 Correction of faults must constantly be practiced by the instructor, who should always remain alert to detect and correct faults in all movements and positions already taught.

1.12 General fault checking is to the group in the first instant. Where individuals constantly make mistakes do not generalise as this tends to discourage those that are trying hard. Be specific; name the fault loudly enough for all to benefit and then name the individual. Those named must acknowledge the instructor by answering “Sir”, “Sergeant”, etc.

Coaching

1.13 Coaching is the instructor’s art of assisting the group to carry out drill movements smoothly and correctly.

1.14 The warning gives knowledge of an impending word of command. The advice gives prior information on important points of the ensuing movement.

1.15 Coaching is not fault checking, but it is an aid to it. It anticipates likely weaknesses in performance and endeavours to eliminate them.

1.16 Generally, coaching is used prior to a word of command requiring the group’s action and fault checking is applied on completion of that action.

1.17 Coaching has no set rules but relies on the experience and skill of the instructor to warn, assist and encourage the squad.

1.18 Guidelines for successful coaching are:

a. Keep it short and relevant to the movement;

b. Use it to highlight the important points of the movement;

7 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 8: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. Use short precise words that convey the speed of good drill (e.g. ‘crack’, ‘drive’, ‘force’, ‘grip’, etc.);

d. Use it as an aid but never in-lieu of fault checking;

e. Use it to stress the essence of good drill, i.e., speed of movement when required to move, rock-steadiness between all movements and self-discipline; and

f. Build up a repertoire of proven coaching terms from your own and other drill ‘instructors' experiences.

Teaching Methods

1.19 INTROSH is the format that is used for the Introduction Phase of the lesson. The order in which you do the parts of INTROSH will vary depending on the lesson and what you have planned for each part - there is no set order. But it is important that all parts are covered. Set out below is the recommended order - a logical one. It makes good sense to let your cadets know exactly what they will be learning before you tell them why they are learning it!

a. Interest. You must gain the interest of the cadets within the first 90 seconds of the lesson; otherwise you will have lost them. Various techniques can be used: training aids, humour, questioning, and an interesting story;

b. Title. Give the lesson a title to focus the cadet’s interest. State it and display it in a central area throughout the lesson. Do not expose it too early;

c. Objective. Clearly state the objectives and have them displayed throughout the lesson.

d. Need. Either explain or ask the cadets why they need to know this. Make the lesson mean something to them personally. It must come from the heart - you the instructor MUST know without relying on your Lesson Plan why the cadets are there.

e. Scope (also known as Range). List (display) what will be covered during the lesson. This should not be a repeat of the objective but the key points of the lesson. The ‘road-map’, ‘big-picture’ of how the lesson will be conducted.

f. Handout/References. List (display) the main references - where the cadet can go for further information and clearly state what the cadet will take away from the lesson in the form of notes or if they are required to take their own.

g. Revision. It is not always possible or necessary to do revision but if you can/do, have the cadets recall their previous knowledge so it can be built on during the lesson.

8 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 9: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.20 When teaching Practical Skills Instruction or parts of a lesson with practical skills, we use the IDEERC Sequence, which is as follows:

a. Introduction:

(1) Normal INTROSH rules apply;

b. Demonstration (body of the lesson):

(1) Ensure cadet visibility (possibly demonstrate from cadet viewpoint).

(2) Demonstrate the entire skill at normal pace, without explanation (no talking by instructor or students).

c. Explanation (body of the lesson):

(1) Break task into key stages and repeat task slowly, with explanation of key points.

(2) Cadets watch only.

(3) Use appropriate terminology, analogies, hints and tricks to aid recall.

d. Execution (body of the lesson):

(1) Distribute materials at this stage.

(2) Perform the task slowly, while cadets imitate.

(3) Explain or use questioning for each step as you progress.

(4) Check the progress of individuals.

(5) Keep cadets together - do not let any race ahead of you.

(6) Avoid individual tuition.

(7) If the majority of the cadets are struggling, go back and repeat earlier stages.

e. Repetition (body of the lesson):

(1) Cadets practice individually.

(2) Give individual tuition if required.

(3) If necessary, intervene positively by questioning.

(4) Restate objective and remind of the standard required.

(5) Build confidence level of cadets before the test.

(6) Monitor closely and maintain control.

9 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 10: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

f. Conclusion:

(1) Give clear instructions of test conditions.

(2) Adhere to standards and conditions of test.

(3) Give general feedback on performance.

(4) Normal TENSION rules apply.

(5) Follow up as necessary with unsuccessful cadets.

10 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 11: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 3 THE WORD OF COMMAND ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 3 – The Word of Command Words of Command

1.21 All words of command must be clear, loud and powerful, so that it affects the reaction that they inspire. There are three parts to a word of command which are:

a. Introductory. This tells the group what movements they are about to carry out, i.e., “Move to the right in threes...”;

b. Cautionary. The drawn out and loud reminder to the group, i.e., “Right...”; and

c. Executive. The high-pitched sharp command, i.e., “Turn!”

1.22 Sometimes there is no need for an introductory word of command, i.e., “Squad - Shun!” Occasionally there is no cautionary, e.g., “For - Ward!”

1.23 To save time during a drill lesson the instructor should use the following executive words of command:

a. “REST”. Addressed to the squad it means they adopt a relaxed position of ease during an explanation or demonstration. The arms; however, are central and in front of the body; keeping them straight. The back of the right hand in the palm of the left hand; the right thumb crossed over the left thumb with the fingers straight and together. The squad would adopt the “Stand easy” position when carrying weapons.

b. “POSITION”. Position will get the group ready for a practical stage. On this command the group adopts the position they were in before “Rest” or a position detailed by the instructor.

c. “AS YOU WERE”. Will get the group to the position they were in before the last command; but cannot be used once completed.

d. “REAR RANK(S) UP”. Will get the group into a position where they are able to see a demonstration. The second rank moves to occupy the intervals in the front rank. The third rank moves to a position directly behind; this newly formed rank (front and centre combined) where they are able to see the demonstration. The instructor then gives the command “Rest!” then conducts the demonstration or explanation. On completion, the group moves back to their original ranks using the command; “Back to your places move!” Before continuing the practice, give the command “Position!”

e. “STANDFAST”. Will halt any activity immediately;

f. “STAND STILL”. Used when dressing ranks or files on a parade to indicate to the cadet to stop all forward, rearward or sideways movement; and

g. “CARRY ON”. Used if the alignment of the body of troops does not conform to the dressing of a particular rank or file.

11 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 12: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 3 THE WORD OF COMMAND ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Timing of Words of Command

1.24 Instructors must be consistent with their words of command applying the same pause between cautionary and executive whenever possible (see Words of Command Table). When the group is in the position for the executive the cautionary is to stop. The pause between cautionary and executive is:

a. At the Halt - Two beats of quick time;

b. In Quick Time - Two beats of quick time; and

c. In Slow Time - Two beats of slow time.

Note: Exceptions to this are certain commands received on consecutive feet, e.g., “Change Step!”

Development of the Word of Command

1.25 Instructors should be taught how to control a group by the following two methods:

a. Communication Drill;

(1) Demonstrate to the group all words of command at the halt, including rifle exercises.

(2) Now ‘Practise the group while they give elementary words of command, insisting on clarity and power from them all.

(3) Divide the group into two ranks; 30m apart; with five paces' intervals between each person.

(4) Individuals should now drill their opposite number, without regard to those around them.

(5) After ten minutes, change the ranks, so they all get the opportunity to control their opposite number.

b. Mutual Drill.

(1) Form the group into three ranks and explain the introductory word of command and the directing flanks (see Directing Flanks Table).

(2) Each member is to drill the group in turn whilst another member observes and assesses his or her performance.

Note: Be patient and encouraging. When correcting, be sure that you address your remarks to the whole group, since they can all learn by each other mistakes.

12 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 13: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 4 AIDES TO DRILL ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 4 – Aids to Drill Formation for Cadet Drill

1.26 Every lesson must have a planned formation. The following factors may influence the formation used:

a. Number in the group;

b. Type of lesson to be taught;

c. Space available to the instructor;

d. Direction of sun and wind;

e. Wet-weather alternative; and

f. Possible distractions.

1.27 Cadets are to be drilled in a single rank, two ranks, or three ranks, at open order. If in two or three ranks “Rear ranks up!” The instructor orders “Rest” and “Position” for demonstrations. The following is a formation guide on numbers in a group:

a. Single Rank - up to 10 individuals;

b. Two Ranks - up to 20 individuals; and

c. Three Ranks - over 20 individuals.

Note: Each lesson offers a suggested formation.

1.28 During initial teaching of rifle drill lessons the instructor may find that the best formation is the ‘Hollow Square’ as detailed below:

Front Rank

Rear Rank Centre Rank

Instructor

1.29 When practising saluting at the halt, the group is to be inclined to allow free movement of the hand and arm and to improve supervision.

13 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 14: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 4 AIDES TO DRILL ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Position of the Instructor

1.30 As a rule (but depending on the type of lesson) instructors are to be at 21 paces distance from the group. For demonstrations they should pre-position themselves to give maximum view to the group. As a guide this should be no closer than 15 paces unless otherwise stated in the lesson. During individual practise the instructor is to move along the ranks checking individual faults.

1.31 If the group is large, an assistant for the instructor is to stand off a distance equivalent to the frontage and to position themselves where they can best control and fault-check the squad.

Calling out the Time

1.32 Cadets in their early stages of training are to call out the time for all drill movements, including the regulation pause of “Left, right!” This ensures;

a. The group learns to react as a team; and

b. Every member of the group has the regulation pause fixed in their heads.

1.33 For example:

a. Shoulder Arms - “One…Left Right…Two”

Judging the Time

1.34 Verbal noises (e.g. hissing) are not to be used at any time to assist groups in judging the time between drill movements. All members are to judge the time silently.

Time and Pace

1.35 The Rate of March and Lengths of Pace are detailed below:

a. Rates of March:

(1) Quick Time (Trained Cadets) 120 paces per minute

(2) Quick Time (Basic Cadets) up to 130 paces per minute

(3) Slow Time 65 paces per minute

(4) Double Time 180 paces per minute

b. Length of Pace:

(1) Quick and Slow Time 75cm

(2) Stepping Out 85cm

(3) Stepping Short 55cm

(4) Double Time 100cm

14 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 15: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 4 AIDES TO DRILL ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(5) Side Paces 30cm

(6) Last pace prior to the Halt, About Turn and Mark Time – 40cm

Mechanical Aids

1.36 There are three aids the cadet instructor may use to help him/her obtain accurate and smart drill. They are:

a. The Metronome;

b. The Drum; and

c. The Pace Ladder.

The Metronome

1.37 Set to any number of beats per minute and gives an accurate check on the rate of marching and on the timing of rifle exercises. Used frequently it maintains uniformity of instruction over timings. A stopwatch will check its accuracy.

The Drum

1.38 As an aid to instructors, the drum has three uses:

a. When foot and rifle drill are being taught at the halt; the drummer should judge the regulation pause between the cautionary word of command and the tap of the drum. The group will react more sharply to the drum tap than they would to the instructor’s word of command. A specimen word of command would sound like this:

“Squad, by Numbers, Shoulder Arms - tap!” “Squad - tap!”

b. When foot and rifle drill are being taught at the halt judging the time; He is to have a metronome beside him and is to be far enough from the group that they cannot hear the tick. The drummer should judge the regulation pause between the cautionary word of command and the first tap of the drum. Thereafter he will tap the drum on every metronome beat for the same number of drill movements. A specimen word of command would sound like this:

“Squad, Judging the Time, Shoulder - tap!”

c. To beat the rate of marching, set the metronome to the rate required. The drummer now beats in time with the metronome and the group stand’s still and listens. When the instructor is ready to practise the group he is to have the drummer beating the time to the metronome and then give the command “Quick March!”

15 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 16: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 4 AIDES TO DRILL ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Pace Ladder

1.39 The pace ladder is a series of painted lines on the parade ground, with a constant interval between each line; i.e. the correct length of pace, and may also have wheeling lines at either end. It is available for individuals to practise and correct any variance of the length of pace and is available for instructors to use as and when required.

Word of Command Table

1.40 Below is the Words of Command Table.

Movement Quick Time (Received)

Slow Time (Received)

Calling Out for the Movement Remarks

Halt Right foot strikes the ground.

Left foot passes the right.

‘ONE, TWO”

Left Turn Right foot strikes the ground.

Right foot strikes the ground.

Quick Time: “CHECK, ONE,

FOR’D” Slow Time: “CHECK,

ONESTOP, FOR’D”

Right Turn – vice versa.

About Turn Left foot strikes the ground.

Left foot strikes the ground.

Quick Time: “CHECK, ONE, TWO, THREE,

FOR’D” Slow Time “CHECK,

ONESTOP, TWOSTOP,

THREESTOP, FOR’D”

Mark Time on the March

Successive left feet as they strike the ground.

Successive left feet as they strike the ground.

“CHECK”

Halt from Mark Time

As the right knee reaches its highest point.

Quick Time: “ONE, TWO” Slow Time: “DOWN”

Forward from Mark Time.

Successive left feet as they strike the ground.

As the right knee reaches its highest point.

“DOWN”

Change Step on the March.

‘Change’ on the left foot, ‘Step’ on the right foot.

‘Change’ on the left foot, ‘Step’ on the right foot.

“LEFT, RIGHT, LEFT”

Change Step Marking Time.

‘Change’ on the left foot, ‘Step’ on the right foot.

‘Change’ on the left foot, ‘Step’ on the right foot.

“LEFT, RIGHT, LEFT”

Saluting, Eyes right/left, Officer passing your Front.

Left foot strikes the ground.

Right foot strikes the ground.

Quick Time:

Saluting – without

rifle

“RIGHT, UP, TWO, THREE, FOUR,

Squad does not salute in slow time, only the commander or equivalent. All compliments on the march, in quick time, with the rifle,

16 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 17: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 4 AIDES TO DRILL ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Movement Quick Time (Received)

Slow Time (Received)

Calling Out for the Movement Remarks

FIVE, DOWN, SWING”

With rifle

“UP, TWO, THREE, FOUR, FIVE, DOWN,

SWING”

Eyes right/left “RIGHT, ONE”

commence as the right foot strikes the ground. Slow time- “ONE”

Left Form. Right foot strikes the ground.

Right foot strikes the ground.

After turning Left – Marker counts out:

“ONE, TWO, THREE, FOUR,

ONE-TWO”

Remainder of squad count out a further two paces

for each consecutive file before halting.

Right Form vice versa although all to take a check pace on the right foot before counting.

Break into Slow Time from Quick and into Quick Time from Slow.

‘Slow’ on the left foot ‘March’ on the right.

‘Quick’ on the left foot, ‘March’ on the right.

“ONE-TWO, LEFT”

“LEFT”

17 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 18: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 5 – Sequence of Teaching the Drill Lesson Squad Handling

1.41 Drill is a skill and, as such, demands effort and practice from a group, handled by a competent instructor who can apply the following principles:

a. Control. The instructor must be in complete control at all times;

b. Words of Command. Consistent delivery and timing;

c. Coaching. Motivate, assist and encourage the squad to maximise effort;

d. Fault-check. To constantly identify and remedy deficiencies in drill movement; and

e. Enthusiasm. The instructor must be enthusiastic and confident throughout the lesson. He/she must display the highest standards at all times.

Preparing a Drill Lesson

1.42 Drill, is a skill taught by demonstrations, explanations and continual practice to achieve the maximum effort from the squad. In preparation the instructor must:

a. Practise the movement insuring a highly polished and flawless demonstration;

b. Practise the words of command;

c. Conduct revision;

d. Conduct a reconnaissance of the parade ground and visualise the group being drilled. Plan:

(1) Initial group formation;

(2) Group formation for revision; and

(3) Group formation for teaching the lesson.

e. Decide if and how the movement is to be delivered, down to easily learned parts or stages, and practice each stage, ensuring the correct position is adopted before continuing with each consecutive stage during the lesson.

1.43 The instructor must remember the group will set themselves a standard on what they see.

THE SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON

The Beginning

1.44 The beginning of a drill lesson is as follows:

18 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 19: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a. Form up the Group;

b. Dress the group;

c. Number the group;

d. Conduct an inspection;

e. Move out the required number of paces;

f. Introduce the Lesson and state reason why

g. “Rest!” the Group;

h. State the objective; and

i. Conduct revision appropriate to the lesson (no more than 5 minutes). If the formation for revision is different from the formation required for the lesson, reform the group in the required formation and order “Rear Ranks Up!” It is essential that the instructor leave the group in the correct starting position for the lesson.

The Middle

1.45 Give a demonstration of the complete movement, but do not call the time. Explain that for ease of learning the movements will be taught in parts “By Numbers”.

a. Demonstrate the first part of the movement;

b. Explain and demonstrate the first part of the movement by combining the movement with an explanation. Don’t be long-winded. Remember a skill is achieved by ‘‘doing’’, and the longer the instructor talks the less time they have for practising;

c. Give the command “Individual practice in that movement - "Go On!” Let the group practice individually. If the formation allows, move along the group and correct faults. If it is a simple movement you can fault check from your static position;

d. Impress upon the Group, the need for speed and correctness of movement. Do not let this drag on; march back to the demonstrating position (if necessary). Resume control by giving the command “Position”;

e. Practise the squad working together by numbers under your control until they have reached the required standard. Order the group to “Rest!” So they are able to watch a demonstration calling out the time;

f. Demonstrate the movement calling out the time;

g. Practise the group calling out the time and applying it to the movement;

h. Now demonstrate all respective parts of the movement in the same sequence;

19 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 20: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

i. Combine the complete movement by numbers. Use the command “As you were!” to check faults. Do not give successive commands at a faster rate than 40 movements to the minute;

j. Demonstrate calling out the time, including pauses. Emphasise the speed on the Ones/ Twos and the stillness during the pause;

k. Practise the group in calling the time. Vary this by having the squad calling the “One!” and the instructor calling the “Left - right!”. Use the command “As you were!” to check faults. Remember to name the fault for the entire squad first and, on reoccurrence, name the individual; and

l. Have the Group judge the time so that they can hear the sound of the movement. This encourages Teamwork.

The End

1.46 After the lesson you will need to test the objective:

a. Test the Objective;

b. Summarise the lesson; and

c. Give the Group a preview of the next drill lesson (Look forward).

General

1.47 This sequence should cover most basic drill lessons. The instructor must plan the method so that he or she does not teach any movement previously taught. Fault checking and coaching is all-important.

THE BLUEPRINT FOR DRILL

1.48 Before any lesson the instructor must thoroughly plan and prepare the lesson. Some aspects to consider are:

a. The type of lesson to be taught (mobile or static);

b. The number of students in the group;

c. The area of instruction (Do you need a parade ground?); and

d. The method to be used to impart the knowledge or subject matter, i.e. Demonstrate, Demonstrate, Explain and Practice (DDEP) for drill instruction.

1.49 The instructor sets the standard to be attained therefore the movements to be taught must be practised until perfected.

Sequence

1.50 A drill lesson has three phases as follows:

a. The Beginning;

20 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 21: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

b. The Middle; and

c. The End.

1.51 Each of these has sub-headings. Specific subject matter must be covered during each phase.

Vocabulary

1.52 The instructor must develop a vocabulary of short incisive words or phrases which, when used, reflects positive and definite actions and movements. To assist the instructor to develop such a vocabulary the following Do’s and Don’ts have been selected:

DO NOT USE... DO USE...

Try... Watch this way...

Have a go at...

Watch the arms...

Broken into numbers... Taught by numbers...

Hold... Grip, Grasp, Crack, Strike...

Jerk... Force, Punch, Drive, Flick, Cut...

In your own time... Individual practice, go on...

Counting the time... Calling the time...

Counting the time to yourself... Judging the time...

Notes:

1. Make no attempt to teach any lesson if you have neither read or understood Notes for Instructors shown at the start of this chapter.

2. The standard of your drill will be reflected in those who imitate you.

3. This Blueprint should cover most basic drill lessons but it should not be read in isolation.

21 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 22: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON

EXAMPLE LESSON – SHOULDER ARMS FROM STAND AT EASE

Ser Command Details/Remarks Notes

“THE BEGINNING”

1 “On the command Marker, Marker form up one pace in front of and facing me standing at attention, “MARKER”

Form up the marker on the parade ground

2 “On the command Move, the remainder form up in single rank/three ranks to the left of the marker standing at attention, “MOVE”

Form up the rest of the squad/flight.

Use a short, clear correct command to do this.

3 “By the Right” Dress the Squad/Flight. Inspect the squad/flight. Check they are correctly dressed for your period of instruction. Return to your position covering off the marker.

4 “From the right, Number” a. Number the squad/flight. b. March out appropriate

paces for the type of lesson being conducted.

For ease of identification during the period. Not required if you know all the cadets names.

5 “Rest” – “My name is ………”

Introduce yourself

6 “This lesson will be – SHOULDER ARMS FROM STAND AT EASE”

State the title of the lesson

7 “At the end of this lesson you will be able to demonstrate the – SHOLDER ARMS FROM STAND AT EASE”

State the Objective of the lesson

8 “This is done in order to facilitate more complicated drill movements”

State the need/reason why

9 “The reference used is the NZAP 818”

10 “We will now conduct some revision”

Revision a. Conduct the revision. b. Move to a demonstration

position and adopt the start position during the final practice of revision.

a. Positions of the rifle at the

halt. b. Sufficient to achieve the

aim. c. Leave squad/flight at the AT

EASE positioned in the correct start formation for the lesson.

22 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 23: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Details/Remarks Notes

“THE MIDDLE”

1 “SHOULDER – ARMS” Give a complete demonstration of the movement

The instructor gives the commands and acts on each one. Remain at the shoulder.

2 “For ease of learning this lesson will be taught in two parts, I will now demonstrate the first part of the movement”

Demonstrate the first part of the Shoulder Arms.

3 “By numbers – ONE” Demonstrate from 2 different angles, both with counting.

The instructor gives the commands and acts on each one. Remain in the position of One.

4 Explain the Shoulder Arms One and combine movement with explanation e.g. a. Pick the left foot up and

drive it in beside the right to assume the position of attention, at the same time force the rifle to a vertical position at the right side of the body, and

b. Simultaneously strike the butt with the right hand placing the palm of the hand on the right of the butt with the fingers curled underneath and the thumb around the ‘toe’ of the butt. Maintain the hold on the barrel grip with the left hand.

a. Use a logical sequence, e.g. head to toe, left to right etc.

b. Use short incisive words/phrases, e.g. strike/grip.

c. Instructor goes back to the position of Stand At Ease.

5 “POSITION” Squad/Flight adopts the position of At Ease.

6 “Individual practice in that movement, GO – ON”

a. Move forward to within 3 paces of the squad/flight.

b. Check each individual in the movement correcting any faults.

c. Return to demonstration position.

a. A 100% effort must be extracted from each individual.

7 “Squad calling the time by numbers, SQUAD – ONE”

8 “REST”

9 “By numbers – TWO” Demonstrate the second part of the Shoulder Arms.

10 Explain the Shoulder Arms Two and combine movement with explanation e.g. a. The left arm is forced to

the side of the body at the

23 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 24: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Details/Remarks Notes same time the rifle is pulled back with the right arm so the thumb of the right hand is touching the seam of the trousers to assume the position of attention.

11 “POSITION” Squad/Flight adopts the position of At Ease.

12 “Individual practice in that movement, GO – ON”

d. Move forward to within 3 paces of the squad/flight.

e. Check each individual in the movement correcting any faults.

f. Return to demonstration position.

b. A 100% effort must be extracted from each individual.

13 “Squad calling the time by numbers, SQUAD – TWO”

14 “REST”

15 “Squad/flight, calling the time, SHOULDER – ARMS”

a. Demonstrate the complete movement calling out the time.

a. Timing is a pause of two marching paces.

b. The counting is “ONE – Left-Right – Two”.

16 “Squad/Flight, Calling the time, SHOULDER – ARMS”

a. Practice as a squad/flight the complete movement with calling, ONE – LEFT-RIGHT – TWO.

a. Move around and fault check.

b. Squad to practice the movement until they are able to perform the movement to a satisfactory standard.

17 “Squad/Flight, SHOULDER – ARMS”

1. Practice the squad/flight judging the time.

a. Practice the squad/flight a minimum of three times.

18 “Squad/Flight, SHOULDER – ARMS”

a. Test the objective a. If the drill movement is demonstrated to a satisfactory standard, congratulate the students and continue with the conclusion.

“THE END”

19 “You have achieved the objective which was to correctly perform the Shoulder Arms from Stand at Ease”

a. State the objective of the lesson.

20 “This is done in order to facilitate more complicated drill movements”

a. State the need of the lesson.

21 “We have looked at why we do the Shoulder Arms from Stand at Ease, how to perform the movement and what the counting is. We

24 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 25: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 5 SEQUENCE OF TEACHING THE DRILL LESSON ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Details/Remarks Notes did this by splitting the movement into two parts and them combining them into the complete movement”

22 “Your next lesson is: With:”

25 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 26: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 6 COMPLIMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 6 – Compliments Introduction

1.53 An officer is saluted as the Queen’s representative and a holder of Her Majesty’s Commission; cadet force officers hold a New Zealand government commission (this includes officers of other services and officers of other Commonwealth countries; also for officers of any other power formally recognised by Her Majesty according to their respective rank). The act of saluting is to be civil, not servile, and is a mark of respect and good manners between comrades in arms.

1.54 The right hand is raised, and open, to indicate no weapon or offensive action; the position of ‘Present Arms’ and the salute with the sword have the same meaning.

1.55 Failure to salute shows disrespect, idleness and a low standard of discipline. Failure by an officer to acknowledge or return a salute is seen in the same way.

SALUTING BY OFFICERS

1.56 All officers’ saluted will return the salute, except under the following circumstances:

a. When two or more officers are in a group the senior officer only will salute; and

b. When it is obvious there is some reason that the officer is unable to return the salute in a conventional manner.

1.57 All officers will salute their seniors before addressing them or on parade.

1.58 A service person meeting a civilian should salute if it is an occasion on which, in mufti, the hat would have been raised. Ladies are saluted as a matter of courtesy.

SALUTING BY CADETS

In a Vehicle

1.59 When driving a motor vehicle, both hands should be on the steering wheel “Do not salute”. If a passenger is in the vehicle wearing headdress he/she is to salute, sitting to attention. All other passengers are to sit to attention.

In Uniform, Unarmed and Moving

1.60 The normal salute to a flank or to the front is given, for a distance no more than six paces or, where any item carried can be transferred to the left hand the normal salute is given. If both hands are occupied, eyes right or left is to be given.

In Uniform, Unarmed and Stationary

1.61 The normal salute to the flank or to the front is given or, through physical incapacity a salute with the right hand is impossible, the salute will be given with the left hand.

26 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 27: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 6 COMPLIMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

In Uniform without Head-Dress

1.62 If spoken to or passed by an officer, stand to attention otherwise, if passing an officer, cut both arms to the side of the body, turn the head and eyes in the required direction until completing six paces, then continue on.

When Sitting

1.63 An individual cadet sitting will stand to attention, face the officer and salute in the required manner or when in a group, the senior person present will call the whole group to attention, and then will salute alone on the group’s behalf. When sitting in a classroom, the senior person present will call the class to sit to attention and then will pay the appropriate salute.

When Riding a Bicycle

1.64 No salute is given, but the rider will brace the body as for attention, both hands on the bars and feet pedalling. If stationary, stand to attention but do not remove hands from the handlebars.

When in Civilian Clothes

1.65 A cadet is to remove any headdress and look the officer in the eye. The cadet must stand to attention if speaking or being spoken to by the officer.

Head-Dress

1.66 When in uniform the following types of hat constitute headdress:

a. Beret;

b. Field Service Cap;

c. Cap; and

d. Jungle Hat.

Non-mandatory Occasions

1.67 The occasions when a salute by a cadet is not mandatory are:

a. In a crowded thoroughfare or assembly;

b. When on parade under command; and

c. When precluded by the nature of the duty being performed.

27 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 28: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 6 COMPLIMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SALUTING ON OTHER OCCASIONS

National Anthem/Anthems of other Nations

1.68 When on parade or in a formed body, all ranks will stand to attention, senior Officers/NCO (IC’s) will salute. If not on a formed body but in uniform, all ranks are to salute however, if not in uniform, all ranks will stand to attention.

Colours and Sunset

1.69 Officers and cadets are to salute when in sight of the flag, during the ceremony of Colours, when the NZ white ensign is hoisted and at sunset when it is hauled down. If the mast and the white ensign cannot be seen they are to face the general direction and stand to attention during the ceremony

Military Funerals

1.70 All ranks passing a military funeral will salute the bier (casket) and any formed bodies will pay the appropriate compliment. When attending a funeral it is customary for officers and soldiers in uniform to pay their last respects to the deceased at the conclusion of the service. This is done by approaching the foot of the casket, saluting and moving away. Appropriate compliments for the deceased are to be paid when passing Cenotaphs and War Memorials.

Colours and Guidons

1.71 All ranks passing or being passed by troops carrying uncased colours will salute. Where colours are cased, subordinate ranks are to salute any officer who may be in the colour party. Artillery Gun(s) will be determined as colours on occasions as published in Routine Orders. Compliments are to be paid accordingly as above.

Armed Bodies of Troops

1.72 When being passed by a formed body of troops bearing arms, at the shoulder in Ceremonial Dress. All soldiers are to stand to attention. Compliments to officer’s are to be paid accordingly.

Saluting on Ceremonial Parades by Warrant Officer Appointment

1.73 Warrant Officers holding parade appointments are to salute on the following occasions:

a. Compliments to colours;

b. During a musical/general salute; and

c. When passing a saluting dais.

Compliments during the Sounding of the Retreat and Reveille

1.74 Whilst the New Zealand flag is being raised or lowered during the sounding of the retreat or reveille all cadets out of doors and within the confines of camp (either within

28 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 29: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 6 COMPLIMENTS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

sight of the flag or within sound of the call), are to come to the position of attention and face the direction of the flag station and salute. If not in uniform all individuals are to remain at attention until the Ceremony is completed. Group/Bodies of cadets are to carry out the same action as above however, only the senior person is to salute.

Compliments on Memorial Occasions

1.75 Officers and cadets attending memorial services and occasions in uniform are to salute during the sounding of the Last Post only and are to remain at attention until Reveille or the Rouse has been sounded. They are not to salute during the period of silence. Troops on parade in formed bodies are to act in accordance with the orders of the Parade Commander.

29 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 30: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 1 INTRODUCTION TO DRILL FOR CADETS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 1 – Introduction to Drill for Cadets A: INSTRUCTOR NOTES

Instructor

1.1 Make no attempt to teach any lesson if you have neither read nor understood notes for instructors shown at the start of part 1.

Aim

1.2 To introduce cadets to drill:

a. Explaining the aim and purpose of drill;

b. Demonstrating the standard required;

c. Explaining and demonstrating some of the simple terms used in drill; and

d. Rough sizing of drill squads.

Timings

1.3 One 40-minute period. Allocated 10 – 15 minutes to watch either a suitable film or demonstration of basic drill (demonstration is preferred).

Method

1.4 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.5 Working dress.

Preparation

1.6 Select an area on the parade ground or any area of hard standing or indoor equivalent for a film.

B: CONDUCT OF THE LESSON

Aim and Purpose of Drill

1.7 Explain. The aim of drill is to develop a cadet who is, proud, alert, self-disciplined, obedient and provides the basis for teamwork. The foundation for discipline in times of stress is drill and has been proven repeatedly. All units in the New Zealand Cadet Forces have drills pertaining to their duties to give:

a. Co-ordination with other corps and services;

b. Success in the task;

c. Safety in the task; and

30 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 31: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 1 INTRODUCTION TO DRILL FOR CADETS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

d. Teamwork as a whole.

1.8 The instructor is to illustrate the aim and purpose of drill using a multitude of visual aids and emphasise its importance using some current event.

1.9 Film or Demonstration.

a. Show a suitable film followed with an explanation of what is being illustrated, i.e. the aim, co-ordination and teamwork; or

b. Fully rehearsed drill squads march on and demonstrate the movements and standard required at the end of the recruits’ basic training. The squad drilled by an instructor with a sound knowledge of the words of command. The instructor taking the lesson is to briefly explain to the recruits each particular movement. They then will set themselves a standard on what they see.

Simple Terms

1.10 Explain and demonstrate using a selected drill movement:

a. “By Numbers…”;

b. “Calling the Time…”;

c. “Judging the Time…”;

d. “Introductory” words of command;

e. “Cautionary” words of command; and

f. The “Executive” word of command.

1.11 Explain. There are a variety of terms used. These will be explained within the various lessons that will follow.

Rough Sizing

1.12 The instructor is to roughly size the squad by forming them into three ranks. The instructor is then to put the taller persons on the flanks and the shorter in the centre. Numbers the front rank and explain the centre and rear ranks that they have the same number as the person in the front rank that they are covering. They are then to always form up in that position until formally sized.

Conclusion

1.13 End of Lesson.

a. Questions to and from the squad on the lesson;

b. Further confirmation as time permits; and

c. Summary. To include a look forward to the next lesson.

31 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 32: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – Forming Up, Rear Ranks Up, Positions, Side Paces, Paces Forward and Rear

A: INSTRUCTOR NOTES

Aim

1.14 The aim of this lesson is to teach:

a. Forming up in one, two and three ranks;

b. Rear ranks up and position of rest for demonstrations;

c. Positions of attention, stand at ease and stand easy; and

d. The side pace.

Timings

1.15 One 40-minute period.

Method

1.16 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

Working Dress.

Preparation

1.17 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: CONDUCT OF THE LESSON

Preliminaries

1.18 The squad standing at the side of the parade ground opposite where the lesson is to take place. Question the squad on the aim and purpose of drill. The instructor is to then position himself 10 paces in front of the squad.

Introduction

1.19 Explain. The first stage in foot drill is Forming Up, Rear Ranks Up, Positions and Side Paces. The reason is to enable a body of cadets to take up alignment correctly in a smart, uniform manner.

Forming Up

1.20 Explain.

32 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 33: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Form Up in Three Ranks –

Move” The squad is to double forward. The first person halts three paces in front of and facing the instructor. The remainder are to position themselves to the left of the first person, in three ranks, in close order. An interval of one arm’s length, (fist closed) between each person, (95 - 100 cm measured from centre to centre). Also an interval of 75 cm between ranks measured from, the heels of one rank, to the heels of the rank behind it. The right hand file raising their left arm in line with their chest pocket to touch the shoulder of the person in front. The squad stands at ease.

a. Lack of urgency when moving on parade ground.

b. Not correctly covered off front to rear.

1.21 The first person to halt in front of the instructor becomes the marker. The remainder forming up in three ranks to the markers left (the marker can be positioned before the squad is formed). The order to form up may also include either “...One ...!” or “...Two Ranks - ...!” To which the squad carries out the same actions, forming up in either one or two ranks as applicable. If conducting training for basic cadets the left arm may be raised by all pers in the front rank only to assist in correct spacing 95 – 100cm.

1.22 Confirm by practice, forming the squad up in one, two and three ranks. Initially they may have to be placed in position. Ensure they cover off front to rear.

Rear Ranks Up and Position of Rest

1.23 Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Rear Ranks Up” Is ordered when the instructor

demonstrates any particular movement so the squad gets a complete view of the complete demonstration.

a. Lack of urgency when moving forward.

2 “Back to Your Places – Move”

Is ordered once the demonstration is complete. The squad is to double back to their places and adopt the position they were at before the order “Rear ranks up.

1.24 Instructor. Insist on speed in ordering, “Rear Ranks Up!” and “Back to Your Places - Move!”. Ensure you place yourself where the cadets get the best view of the demonstration.

1.25 Explain.

33 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 34: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Rest” The squad does not close

forward but look towards the instructor (if carrying rifles the squad adopts the stand easy position). To get the squad back to the previous position the instructor will order “Position.

a. Slow speed of movement with weapons.

b. Not remaining still after movement.

1.26 Confirm by practice.

POSITIONS

Attention

1.27 The instructor is to demonstrate the position of Attention. Explain Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Position of Attention” Stand with the heels together.

Feet slightly turned-out about 6 cm between the widest part of the foot. The knees braced. The body erect. The weight balanced evenly between the ball of the feet and the heel. The arms straight and held to the sides with the forearm tucked in behind the hipbone and the wrists straight. The hand closed with thumb vertical and facing the front and the backs of the fingers touching the thigh, just behind the seam of the trousers. The shoulders held back and down to bring the chest to a normal position without straining or stiffening. The head is up with the neck touching the back of the collar, the eyes open and still, looking just above their own height.

a. Heels not together and the feet not 6 cm between the widest part of the foot,

b. Feet or body not square to the front,

c. Allowing the body to sag and the shoulders and arms to creep forward,

d. Bending the wrists and failing to close the hands,

e. A strained position which restricts breathing,

f. Allowing the eyes to move.

34 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 35: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.28 Confirm by practice.

Stand at Ease

1.29 The instructor is to demonstrate the position of Stand at Ease. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad…Stand at Ease” Immediately on receipt of the

command, keeping the right foot still and braced back, Raise the left foot and drive it back to the ground at a distance 30 cm to the left of the right foot. Simultaneously force the arms behind the back by the shortest root, keeping

a. Bending at the waist, b. Allowing the right knee to

bend, c. Allowing the arms to bend

or leave the body when going behind the back,

d. Moving the right foot, e. Left foot less than 30 cm

from the right and not

35 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 36: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults them straight. Place the back of the right hand in the palm of the left, with the right thumb crossed over the left thumb. The fingers straight and together. Simultaneously transfer the weight of the body to the left so that it remains evenly balanced. The 30 cm is from the centre of the right heel, and to the centre of the left heel.

slightly turned out.

1.30 Confirm by practice.

1.31 Instructor. Use the command “Position!” To get the squad back to attention and explain that on the command “Stand Easy!” The cadet may relax in the At Ease position, but must not move the feet or adjust clothing without an order from the instructor. The command “Squad!” Will be given if the position of At Ease is adopted.

36 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 37: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.32 Practice the squad.

1.33 The instructor is to demonstrate the position of Attention from At Ease. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad…Squad-Shun”

(“Ho or Attention”) Immediately on this command keep the right foot still and the leg braced back. Raise the left foot and drive it down beside the right. Simultaneously force the arms to the side by the shortest route and assume the position of attention.

a. Bending at the waist when moving,

b. Allowing the right knee to bend,

c. Allowing the arms to bend or leave the body when going to the sides,

d. Moving the right foot, e. Not assuming the correct

angle with the feet, f. Heels not together, g. Not bending the left knee.

1.34 Practice the squad.

The Side Pace

1.35 Explain. This movement enables a cadet to move up to eight paces to either side without being turned in that direction marched and turned to face the front. The number of paces to be taken will be given.

1.36 The instructor is to demonstrate the taking of Side Paces. Explain Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Number of Paces Left

(Right) Close... March”

Keep the right foot still and leg braced back. Raise the left foot and drive it down beside the right 30 cm to the left of the right. Immediately raise the right foot to assume the position of attention. Continue these movements until the specified number of paces are completed. (Vice-versa to move to the right).

a. Bending at the waist when moving.

b. Excess movement of the arms.

1.37 Practice the squad to either side varying the number of paces up to the maximum of eight. The squad calls out “One, Two!” For each pace ordered.

Paces Forward and Rear

1.38 Explain. It is impracticable to command a body of troops to march and halt over very short distances. Therefore, for ease of control, this movement enables formed bodies to be moved up to three paces forward and rear. The number of paces is ordered and the command to halt is not given. This movement is also employed for dressing procedures.

1.39 The instructor is to demonstrate the taking of Paces Forward and to the Rear. Explain.

37 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 38: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 2 FORMING UP, REAR RANKS UP, POSITIONS, SIDE PACES, PACES FORWARD & REAR ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Number of Paces Step

Forward (back)... March” The left foot is shot forward a 75 cm pace, the right leg remains firmly braced, with the arms held into the sides. Immediately raise the right foot to assume the position of attention. For consecutive paces the trailing leg continues through a further 75 cm pace.

a. Bending at the waist when moving,

b. Arms not held into the sides,

c. Looking down, d. Failing to step off with the

left foot.

1.40 Practice the squad in either direction varying the number of paces up to the maximum of three. The squad calls out

a. “One, Two!” for one pace ordered,

b. “One, One, Two!” for two paces ordered, or

c. “One, Two, One, Two!” For three paces ordered.

38 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 39: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – Dressing: Open and Close Order A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 The aim of Lesson 3 is to teach:

a. The Right Dress;

b. Dressing by the Right; and

c. Open and Close Order.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period is required for this lesson

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working Dress.

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or the indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 The instructor is to revise the squad in forming three ranks, positions, and the side pace.

Introduction

1.7 Explain: Within a body of cadets that is drilling, every person must be in line with, and at the correct interval from, the person to the left or right. He or she must also be at the correct distance from the rank in front. This is called dressing.

1.8 Instructor. The squad will be taught dressing by numbers during the early stages of their training. The instructor is to demonstrate the right dress.

1.9 Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Dressing By Numbers...

Right Dress... One” All except the right-hand guides turn their heads and eyes to the right. All those in

a. Sluggish movement of the arm or head.

b. Not looking squarely to the

39 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 40: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults the front rank except the extreme left person extend their left arms, hands closed, backs of the hands upper-most, and the knuckles touching the arm of the person to their left. The right guides are to raise their left arms forward, in line with the chest pocket, the knuckles of the closed hand just failing to reach the shoulder of the person in front.

right. c. Pushing the person to the

left off balance.

2 “Squad... Two” All except the marker correct their dressing by taking short, quick steps until, while remaining erect, they are able to see the lower part of the face of the person two away from them. Simultaneously, those in the centre and rear rank ensure that they are directly behind their equivalents in the rank in front by glancing out of the corner of the left eye. Dressing will always be carried out in succession, from the right.

a. Leaning forward. b. Not keeping the shoulder

squarely to the front. c. Shuffling. d. Unnecessary movement.

1.10 Instructor. Demonstrate the eyes front. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Eyes...Front” The head is turned to the front,

simultaneously the hand is returned to the side, keeping the arm straight.

a. Sluggish movement of the head and eyes.

b. Slapping the side with the hand.

40 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 41: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Confirmation

1.11 Confirm by practice.

Instructors Notes

1. When judging the time, count the regulation pause between the two movements.

2. The calling out of the time for the right dress and dressing by the right is as follows;

a. “One…left right”;

b. “Up…left right”; and

c. “Move”.

3. Ensure that the ranks are changed so that they all have a turn at the front.

4. Trained cadets do not raise the arm when dressing.

5. When two or more squads are on parade together, the right file of all squads, except those to the extreme right, look to the right and dress by the squad to the right.

6. Dressing may be ordered by either flank or by the centre.

7. When getting on parade the command ‘right dress!’ will be given when the squads are in the at ease position.

8. When the arm is initially raised, it should be placed slightly to the rear of the person to the left. This will eliminate the tendency to punch or push the person to the left off balance. An interval of 95-cm to 100-cm between soldiers should be maintained, measured from centre to centre.

By the Right

1.12 Instructor. Demonstrate by the right. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By the Right” Everyone except the right

guides turns their heads to the right and dress off. Each file then turns their heads to the front in succession from the right, as soon as the dressing is completed. The arms are not to be raised. The marker may quietly give an indication to turn heads to the front.

a. Sluggish movement of the head and eyes.

b. Shuffling. c. Unnecessary movement.

1.13 Confirm by Practice. The instructor should use ‘by the right’ to save time when taking squad drill. Calling the time is the same as for the right dress.

41 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 42: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

OPEN ORDER AND CLOSE ORDER DRESSING

1.14 Explain. A squad is always inspected and often drilled at the open order, that is – a distance of 195-cm between ranks, measured from the heels of one rank to the heels of the rank behind. To attain open order, the front rank moves forward three 40-cm paces; the rear rank moves three 40-cm paces to the rear. The centre rank remains still, giving a total of 195-cm between ranks.

Open Order

1.15 Instructor. The instructor is to demonstrate the Open Order. Explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers In Open Order

Right Dress... One” The front rank takes three 40-cm paces forward. This is achieved by shooting the left foot forward a 40-cm pace, followed by another 40-cm pace with the right, then a further 40-cm pace with the left foot. Place the left foot down then raise the right foot, drive it back down beside the left and assume the position of attention. The arms remain at the side. The centre rank stand fast and the rear rank takes three 40-cm paces to the rear beginning by thrusting from the ball of the right foot and reaching back with the left foot. Continue with a further two 40-cm paces. Place the left foot down then raise the right, driving it down beside the left assuming the position of attention.

a. Allowing the knees to bend.

b. Arms not kept to the side. c. Looking down. d. Bending at the waist.

2 “Squad... Two” All except the right-hand guides turns their heads to the right, those in the front rank extend the left arm as for the right dress

a. Sluggish movement of the head and eyes.

3 “Squad... Three” The squad dress as for the right dress. Once the dressing is complete, the instructor will order ‘Eyes – Front’.

a. Unnecessary movement.

Close Order

1.16 Instructor. The instructor is to demonstrate the close order. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “In Close Order... Right

Dress” The same actions take place except the front rank moves three paces to the rear and the rear rank moves three paces

a. Allowing the knees to bend.

b. Arms not kept to the side. c. Looking down.

42 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 43: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults forward d. Bending at the waist.

1.17 Confirm by practising Open Order and Close Order correcting the same common faults that occur when dressing. Initially the squad should act as a front rank then as a rear rank.

Open Order and Close Order March

1.18 Explain. To speed up the process an instructor or supervisor may wish to avoid conducting a dressing procedure. This movement is identical to Open and Close Order Dressing except that the squad does not turn the head to obtain their dressing after moving forward or back three 40-cm paces. The commands given are:

a. “Open Order... March!” and

b. “Close Order … March!”

1.19 Confirm by practising:

a. Dressing;

b. By the Right;

c. Open and Close Order...Right Dress; and

d. Open and Close Order...March.

Instructors Notes

1. If a squad is in two ranks, the front rank does not move either forward or to the rear. The rear rank carries out the normal drill for Open Order and Close Order...Right Dress. The front rank will raise the left arm at the same time as both ranks turn the head to the right.

2. Impress on the squad that they must work as a team.

3. The calling out of the time for the Open Order and Close Order...Right Dress is:

a. “One Two...One Two!”

b. “Left Right...Up!”

c. “Left Right...Move!”

4. The command ‘Right Dress’ may be used when the squad is in either Open or Close Order. The command ‘In Close Order... Right Dress’ will only be used to close a squad from the Open Order and for Open Order …Right Dress.

43 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 44: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 3 DRESSING: OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. If carrying DPTAs, formal dressing may be conducted with the DPTA at the shoulder.

6. Explain that, for a squad carrying DPTAs, before an inspection of the squad occurs, the squad commander will order “Squad…Shun”

44 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 45: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 4 MARCHING, HALTINGAND WHEELING IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 4 – Marching, Halting And Wheeling In Quick Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Marching and halting in quick time.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in positions and dressing.

MARCHING AND HALTING

1.7 Explain. The New Zealand Cadet Forces drills on the move by marching in either Quick or Slow time. The quick march is regulated at 120 paces to the minute, recruits, however, start their training by marching 130 paces to the minute to encourage agility and alertness. The slow march is regulated at 65 paces to the minute and is primarily used in ceremonials.

The Quick March (see Fig 2 – 03)

1.8 Instructor. The command “Quick...March!” Is given at the same rate at which the squad is to march (Cadence). This movement is carried out from the position of attention. Demonstrate the Quick march. Explain.

45 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 46: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 4 MARCHING, HALTINGAND WHEELING IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “

Quick...March”

A pace of 75 cm is taken with the left foot, swinging the right arm forward and the left to the rear, continuing on with the right foot, etc.

Stepping a pace of more or less than 75 cm;

Not keeping the arms, wrists and hands straight;

Allowing the foot to come to the ground with the knees bent; and

Not swinging the arms in a straight line from front to rear.

1.9 Instructor is to emphasise the following:

a. The pace of 75 cm is measured from heel to heel;

b. The heel strikes the ground first, the knee braced on impact;

c. The leg travels forward naturally, in a straight line, with the knee sufficiently bent so the toe clears the ground;

d. The arms will be freely swung forward until the hand is in line with the chest pocket and then rearward as far as possible, keeping the shoulder square to the front. They are to reach these points as each heel strikes the ground (trained soldiers swing the arm forward in line with the waist belt). The hand will be closed, back of the hand out and thumb to the front. For ceremonial parades the arm swing is at chest pocket height; and

e. The squad calls out “left” as the left foot strikes the ground.

1.10 Each individual is responsible for keeping their dressing and remaining in step. The leading guide of the directing flank of the squad dictates the direction, length of pace and rate of marching.

1.11 Confirm by practice with the instructor calling the step. The instructor is to occasionally march on the directing flank, guiding the squad in taking a 75 cm pace.

46 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 47: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 4 MARCHING, HALTINGAND WHEELING IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Halt (Quick Time)

1.12 The instructor is to demonstrate the Halt in Quick Time, explain it is to be taught by numbers then combined and completed at speed. Explain. The command “Halt!” Is received as the heel of the right foot strikes the ground. On the command: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers... Halt... One” Take a 75 cm pace forward

with the right foot and freeze with the right heel on the ground. The left foot flat on the ground. The left arm at the top of its swing forward and the right arm fully to the rear.

2 “Squad... One” Transfer the weight of the body to the right foot, shoot the left foot forward a 40 cm pace (half Check pace) placing the left foot flat on the ground. Reverse the positions of the arms. The squad calls out “One!”

a. Taking a larger or smaller pace than required, with the left foot.

3 “Squad... Two” Raise the right foot, cut the arms to the side and drive the right foot down beside the left. Assume the position of attention. The squad calls out “Two!”

a. Bending at the waist when raising the right foot,

b. Looking down, c. Exaggerating the

movement of the right arm when raising the right foot,

d. Scraping the left foot on the ground,

e. Incorrect balance on completion of the halt,

f. Failing to cut the arms into the side of the body.

WHEELING IN QUICK TIME

1.13 Explain. Wheeling is a method by which a body of troops, with a frontage of no more than six ranks or files, may change direction but not formation retaining dressing within those ranks or files.

47 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 48: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 4 MARCHING, HALTINGAND WHEELING IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

- The Wheel

1.14 The instructor is to demonstrate The Wheel preferably using a pre-marked circle. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Right (Left)...Wheel” The right/left-hand guide of the

leading rank or file will change direction through 90° on the circumference of a circle with a radius of approx. 60 cm. The pace must be regulated to allow those to the left/right to change direction without losing dressing. Inside guide step short, outside guide maintains a 75 cm pace. Those to the left/right change direction through 90° without losing their interval or dressing and those behind the leading rank or files follow on, covering the same ground.

a. Those behind the leading rank or file not covering the same ground

b. Slovenly arm swing among the inner ranks or files,

c. A tendency to increase the rate of marching amongst the outer rank

d. Looking down e. Not marching directly up to

the wheeling point.

1.15 Confirm by practice.

- Time and Pace

1.16 Explain. Rates of Marching, Length of Pace including ‘Stepping Short’, ‘Stepping Out’ and Forward are used. The words of command are:

a. “Step Out!”;

b. “Step Short!” and to return to the quick march from either;

c. “Quick March!”; and

d. “Forward”.

1.17 Confirm by practice:

a. Marching and Halting;

b. Wheeling, Rear files cover and Forward; and

c. Explain Stepping out and Stepping Short.

Instructors Notes

1. If a body of cadets are halted when only part of its number has wheeled, those who have not wheeled may be given the command “Rear files...Cover Off!” They will immediately cover off those who have wheeled.

2. If the wheel is through more than 90°the command will be given a second time, if through less than 90° the command “Forward” will be given.

48 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 49: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 4 MARCHING, HALTINGAND WHEELING IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3. Before wheeling in the opposite direction to the directing flank, the directing flank must be changed to the inner flank. On completion of the wheel change back to the original directing flank.

4. Squad members can be tested in marching over a set distance of 100 x 75 cm paces. The start line is marked but the finish line only known to the instructor. The instructor can then point out the finish line and correct those who are not taking a 75 cm pace (this may be reduced to a 50 pace test). Use should also be made of the pace ladder which can be marked-out for wheeling (see diagram).

Pace Ladder with Wheeling Point 75 cm

60 cm radius

49 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 50: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 5 – Saluting to the Front at the Halt and on the March A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The salute to the front at the halt; and

b. The salute to the front on the march.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Preliminaries

1.6 Arrange the group in Open order and inclined to a flank to permit free use of the arm during the lesson.

Revision

1.7 Instructor. Explain then question and answer on Compliments.

Introduction

1.8 Explain. This movement is taught so that a cadet may pay compliments at the halt, and to an officer passing the front whilst on the march.

The Salute to the Front at the Halt

1.9 Demonstrate the Salute to the Front at the Halt.

1.10 Demonstrate and explain, by numbers.

50 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 51: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers... Salute to the

Front... One” Raise the right arm horizontal; straighten the fingers and thumb, keeping them together, with the palm facing the front. Bend the elbow, keeping the hand and wrist straight, until the tip of the forefinger is 25 mm above the right eye. For Sea Cadets raise the right hand smartly, by the shortest route, the palm of the hand being inclined slightly downwards so that the eyes on glancing up can see the inside of the palm, the thumb and fingers being close together, elbow in line with the shoulder, hand and forearm in line, fingers touching the rim of the cap or peak over the right eye

a. Body and head not remaining erect

b. Allowing the elbow to come forward

c. Hand not straight and in an incorrect position

d. Allowing the arm to creep forward

51 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 52: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 2 “Squad…Two” Cut the arm away by the

shortest route to the side of the body, with the hand closed, assuming the position of attention.

a. Dropping the arm before the elbow

b. Not assuming the correct position of attention with the right arm.

1.11 Instructor. Practice the group in both movements calling out “Up...Left Right...Down!” Utilise the command “Salute to the Front...Salute!”

Saluting to the Front on the March

1.12 Explain. When a soldier is marching along a road and an officer passes directly across the front, and is unlikely to come to either flank, the soldier will salute to the front on the march over a distance of six paces.

1.13 Demonstrate Saluting to the Front on the March.

1.14 Demonstrate and Explain, by numbers. On the command: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Position” Shoot the left foot forward a 75

cm pace, right arm forward, left arm to the rear, as for the quick march

2 “Right Foot Front” Take a 75 cm pace with the right foot and interchange the arms. The squad calls out “Check!” as the right heel strikes the ground.

52 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 53: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “By Numbers... Salute to the Front... One”

Take a 75 cm pace with the left foot, cut the left arm to the side, and bring the right hand from the rear up to the salute. All these movements are simultaneous. The group calls out “Up”

Insert Navy Photo

a. Not cutting the arm to the side in double quick time.

4 “Squad... Two” Remain at the salute and, beginning with the right foot, take four 75 cm paces. The squad calls out “Two, three, four, five”

53 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 54: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

5 “Squad...Three” Take a 75 cm pace with the right foot and cut the right hand to the side. The group calls out “ Down”

a. Not cutting the arm to the side in double quick time.

6 “Squad... Four” Take a 75 cm pace with the left foot and swing both arms continuing to quick march. The squad calls out “ Swing”

54 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 55: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 5 SALUTING TO THE FRONT AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.15 Confirm by practice. As the left heel strikes the ground the group call out “Up!” Combine ‘Right foot Front’ and ‘Squad One’ with the group calling out “Check... Up!”

1.16 Confirm by practice. The group call out “Two... Three... Four... Five!” Combine “Right Foot Front”, ‘Squad One’ and ‘Squad Two’ with the group calling out “Check…Up... Two... Three... Four... Five!”

1.17 Confirm by practice. The group call out “Down Swing!”

1.18 Confirm by practice all the movements, by numbers, calling and judging the time. Use the command “Officer passing your Front... Salute to the Front... Salute!” with the executive received as the left foot strikes the ground.

1.19 Confirm by practice, Saluting to the Front, at the Halt and on the March.

Instructors Notes:

1. The group should be practised in saluting to the front on the march in groups of two or three and as a group.

2. When resting the group, question them on compliments.

55 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 56: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 6 – Turning, Inclining, Dismissing and Falling Out at the Halt

A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Turning and Inclining at the Halt; and

b. Dismissing and Falling Out.

Timings

1.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence

Dress

1.4 Working dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Marching, Halting and Wheeling.

Turnings and Inclines at the Halt

1.7 Explain. All cadets are taught turnings to enable them to turn regimentally as individuals and or as a group.

1.8 Instructor. Foot movements for turns or Inclines are similar, the difference being, Left Turn - turn 90°, Left Incline - turn 45°. And vice versa for right turn and right incline. For practising, the squad should be at the open order.

1.9 Demonstrate the Left Turn.

Left Turn…One

1.10 Demonstrate and Explain the Left Turn, by numbers.

56 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 57: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “B y Numbers Left turn...

One” Turn through 90o to the left, using the left heel and right toe and keeping the weight of the body on the left foot. Throughout the movement both knees are braced back and the body is erect. At the end of the movement the left foot is flat on the ground and the right leg is to the rear with the heel raised. The group calls out “ One…left right “

a. Not bracing the right knee back,

b. Flat heel turns, c. Arms coming away from

the body.

1 “Squad...Two” Raise the right foot and drive it down beside the left, resuming the position of attention. The group calls out “ Two”

a. Bending at the waist.

57 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 58: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.11 Demonstrate and Explain the Right Turn, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Right Turn...

One” Turn through 90o to the right, using the right heel and left toe and keeping the weight of the body on the right foot. Throughout the movement both knees are braced back and the body is erect. At the end of the movement the right foot is flat on the ground and the left leg is to the rear with the heel raised.

a. Not bracing the left knee back,

b. Flat heel turns, c. Arms coming away from

the body.

1 “Squad...Two” Raise the right foot and drive it down beside the left, resuming the position of attention.

a. Bending at the waist.

58 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 59: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.12 Confirm by practice combining both movements, to the left and to the right. The calling out is “One...Left Right...Two!”

1.13 Demonstrate and explain the complete movement. Emphasising the movements for the right turn are the same as for the left turn, but carried out on the opposite feet. Confirm by individual practise and squad practice calling out the time.

Note: The introductory order “Turnings by numbers” should not be repeated for each successive turn by numbers. It should be used for any initial movement to be performed by numbers, i.e. the squad has been calling the time and the instructor wishes to revert to turning by numbers. This applies to all other lessons in this Manual.

1.14 Demonstrate the About Turn.

1.15 Demonstrate and Explain the About Turn, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “B y Numbers About Turn...

One” Turn through 180° to the right, using the right heel and left toe and keeping the weight of the body on the right foot. Throughout the movement both knees are braced back and the body is erect. At the end of the movement the right foot is flat on the ground and the left leg is to the rear with the heel raised. The group calls out “one…left, right”

a. Thighs not locked together.

b. Not making a full turn with body and shoulders in the first movement.

1 “Squad...Two” Raise the right foot and drive it down beside the left, resuming the position of attention. The group calls out “two”

a. Bending at the waist and at the knee of the forward knee during the second movement.

59 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 60: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.16 Confirm by practice.

Inclines

1.17 Explain. The “Left / Right Incline...One!” and “Squad...Two!” are the same as for ‘...Turns’ except the group is only to turn through 45°. To establish the correct dressing and covering when right inclined, each person’s right shoulder must be aligned with the centre of the back of the person next to them. For those in the centre or rear ranks, the left shoulder must cover the centre of the back of the person to their left. The opposite is correct if in the Left Incline.

1.18 Confirm by practicing both Right and Left Inclines.

1.19 Instructor. Practice all Turnings, calling the time.

1.20 Instructor. Confirm by practicing the group in all movements, judging the time. Fault check.

DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT

Dismissing

1.21 Instructor. A group will only be Dismissed in Open Order. Demonstrate the Dismiss. Explain. On the command “Dismiss!” the group is to turn to the right, salute if an officer is present, step off and march forward three paces, and break off in quick time, remaining in-step within individual groups until they have left the parade ground or area.

1.22 Confirm by practice, calling the time. The instructor will:

a. Informs the group when to salute by using the word of command “Officer on Parade...Dismiss!, and

60 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 61: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 6 TURNING, INCLINING, DISMISSING AND FALLING OUT AT THE HALT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

b. Ensure a group, during its period of training, keeps formation and step until they have left the parade ground.

Falling Out

1.23 Explain. The ‘Fall Out’ differs from ‘Dismiss’ because

a. It does not signify the end of a parade but only a break in it,

b. The salute is never given, and those who have fallen out will not leave the area, and

c. Other instructions may be given in conjunction with the word of command.

1.24 Explain. On the command “Fall Out!” the group is to turn to the right, march forward three paces and break off.

1.25 Confirm by practice, calling out the time. “One…Left Right Two, Left Right One, Two, Three”.

Summary

1.26 Confirm all by practice.

Instructors Notes:

1. Before a squad is turned in any direction (open or close order) the instructor indicates that direction by the introductory word of command.

2. When the squad is calling or judging the time, the instructor will use the correct introductory words of command as detailed in Annex B.

3. Explain the introductory word of command (directing flanks) using the squad.

4. Continually fault check.

61 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 62: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 7 NUMBERING AND SIZING ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 7 – Numbering and Sizing A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Numbering; and

b. Sizing.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the group in saluting at the halt, and saluting to the front on the march (Officer passing your Front).

NUMBERING AND SIZING

Introduction

1.7 Instructor. A group is always numbered from the right in order that a member of it may be addressed as “Number... - ...of...rank’. This should be used by instructors to check individual members for faults, i.e. before using names or to divide the group for some purpose.

Numbering

1.8 Explain. On the command “From the Right...Number!” each person in the front rank is to call out their number in succession beginning at the right flank, keeping their head and eyes still. Those in the centre and rear ranks take the number of their equivalent in the front rank and, if an error occurs, the command “As you were!” will be given followed by the last correct number. The cadet named will call their number again and the front rank will take up the numbering from that person.

62 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 63: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 7 NUMBERING AND SIZING ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.9 Confirm by practice. Number the group, correcting any errors. Alternate the ranks so all are practised in calling out.

Sizing

1.10 Explain. Sizing is achieved by forming one rank and grading each person, the tallest on the right flank, shortest on the left. The command is “Tallest on the right...Shortest on the left...Size!” The group are to turn right, pause break off and form a single rank as ordered. The instructor will grade the group once the single rank has been established.

1.11 The next command is “From the Right...Number!” to number individuals in the rank. On the command “Odd numbers one pace step forward...Even numbers one pace step back... March!” the odd numbers step forward, the even numbers step back, one 75 cm pace then remain at attention.

1.12 The next command is “Marker stand fast...Even numbers turn left... Odd numbers turn right...Ranks...Left and right...Turn!” readying the group to form two or three ranks. The instructor will inform the even numbers to follow on behind the odd numbers and give the command “Form Two/Three ranks”, “Quick... March!” The instructor will indicate to the group members the rank into which they will form by calling ‘Front’, ‘Centre’, ‘Rear’, etc. as they follow each other into position. On halting, each person turns to the front, takes up the dressing ‘By the Right’ and remains at attention. The group may then be re-numbered once in the new formation.

1.13 Confirm by practice. Remind the group to form up in the same positions for all future drill instruction.

63 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 64: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 8 SALUTING TO THE FLANK, REPORTING TO AN OFFICER AND EYES RIGHT/LEFT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 8 – Saluting to the Flank, Reporting to an Officer and Eyes Right/Left A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.14 To teach:

a. Saluting to a flank;

b. Reporting to an officer; and

c. Eyes right and left.

Timings

1.15 One 40-minute period

Method

1.16 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.17 Working dress

Preparation

1.18 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.19 Instructor. Revise the group in:

a. Saluting to the front at the halt;

b. Saluting to the front on the march; and

c. Compliments.

SALUTING TO A FLANK

1.20 Explain. When a cadet passes an officer, a salute is initiated three paces before reaching and lowered three paces after marching past the officer in question. During the salute the cadet is to look the officer full in the face as they pass each other.

1.21 Instructor. Demonstrate the complete movement, both Left and Right salutes, calling the time. Ensure to position yourself so the squad is in the direction of the salute.

64 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 65: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 8 SALUTING TO THE FLANK, REPORTING TO AN OFFICER AND EYES RIGHT/LEFT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Explain that this is the same as ‘Saluting to the Front’ with the exception that the head is turned to either flank as appropriate.

Salute to the Right / Left

1.22 Instructor. Order the group “By numbers...Salute to the Right...One” Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers... Salute to

the Right (or Left)... One” Take a check pace, Calling for this is ‘Check’

2 “Squad... Two” Turn their head and eyes square off to the right or left, and, without upsetting the position of the right arm, wrist and hand, shift the hand so that the eye can look along the palm into the eyes of the passing officer. Calling for this is: Up..Two..Three..Four..Five.

a. Leaning forward, looking along the back of the hand, or not looking the officer square in the face,

b. Hand too high or position of fingers incorrect,

c. Left shoulder allowed to come forward,

d. Right elbow allowed to come forward and drop or fall to the rear,

e. Not looking squarely off to the flank

f. Raising the wrist.

65 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 66: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 8 SALUTING TO THE FLANK, REPORTING TO AN OFFICER AND EYES RIGHT/LEFT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad... Three” The hand is cut smartly to the side; simultaneously turn the head and eyes to the front. Calling for this is ‘Down...Swing’

66 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 67: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 8 SALUTING TO THE FLANK, REPORTING TO AN OFFICER AND EYES RIGHT/LEFT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.23 Confirm by practice at the halt. Continue until the movement of head, eyes and hand become simultaneous.

Reporting to an Officer

1.24 Demonstrate Reporting to an Officer. Explain. When addressing or delivering a message to an officer, a cadet is to march smartly towards the officer, in quick time, halt two paces in front, salute, address or deliver the message, salute, turn about and march away in quick time. The headdress is not to be removed if appearing before an officer in a room unless ordered.

1.25 Demonstrate calling out the time. Explain. On the command “Reporting to an officer...Salute to the Front...Salute!” (given as for the ‘Halt’) the group is to carry out the actions as explained and call the time as follows:

a. For the Halt: “One, Two!”

b. For the first salute: “Left, Right, Up...Left, Right, Down!”

c. For the second salute: “Left, Right, Up...Left, Right, Down!”

d. For the about turn: “Left, Right, One... Left, Right, Two!”

e. Pause before marching away: “Left, Right…Left!” - March Away.

1.26 Confirm by practice, calling and judging the time.

67 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 68: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 8 SALUTING TO THE FLANK, REPORTING TO AN OFFICER AND EYES RIGHT/LEFT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

EYES RIGHT AND LEFT

1.27 Demonstrate the Eyes Right and Eyes Left. Explain. A group passing an officer, Saluting base or Memorial will receive an order of the flank which to dress by, and then either the command “Eyes...Right!” Or “Eyes...Left!” The command is given as the left foot strikes the ground, a further check pace taken with the right foot, when the left foot strikes the ground the entire squad except for the guide on the directed flank; turn their head and eyes to the required flank. The command “Eyes...Front!” is given in the same manner.

1.28 Confirm by practice. The group call out “Check!” on the right foot and “Round!” as the left foot strikes the ground.

Common Faults

1.29 These are:

a. Looking down;

b. Closing into the flank of direction;

c. Shortening the length of pace; and

d. Not swinging the arms.

Summary

1.30 Confirm by practice Saluting to the Flanks, Saluting to the Front, the Eyes Right and the Eyes Left. Explain. When in civilian clothes or if not wearing headdress they are to give the Eyes Right/ Left as appropriate, over six paces, as is the case for Saluting on the March.

68 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 69: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 9 MARCHING AND HALTING IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 9 – Marching and Halting in Slow Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The slow march, and

b. The halt in slow time.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Get on Parade.

THE SLOW MARCH

Introduction

1.7 Explain. Slow march is a part of the New Zealand Cadet Forces ceremonial drill. Slow time is also used to teach movements on the march before demanding them in quick time.

1.8 In order to step off with a band, or troops already marching in slow time, the command is given over two successive beats, in time with the band or troops in front, “Slow!” on the left foot, “March!” on the right foot. The rate of marching is 65 paces to the minute.

Slow March

1.9 Instructor. Position the group in one or two ranks, at attention, explain and demonstrate that on the command “Slow... March!” the group are to move forward at a

69 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 70: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 9 MARCHING AND HALTING IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

slow walk (the instructor calling the cadence); the hands may be loosely clasped behind the back and the head looking down at the feet.

1.10 Coach the group into the correct position of the Slow March, as they are moving, using the following stages:

a. Stage One - The Feet. As the leading foot comes through, point the Toes slightly downward and outward (the toes should strike the ground first). The length of pace is 75 cm; the cadence is to be called at 65 paces to the minute.

b. Stage Two - The Upper Body. The body remains at the position of attention, arms to the side. The weight of the body being transferred slightly forward, the whole body being pushed forward from the ball of the rear foot, allow the knees to bend naturally.

c. Stage Three - The Head. The head will be held erect, eyes looking at own height and to the front, the mouth closed.

d. Stage Four - Combine all Movements. Combine all stages. Demonstrate and explain that on the executive command “...March!” the left foot is pushed 35 cm and then continued for the full 75 cm pace.

1.11 Confirm by practice.

Common Faults

1.12 These are:

a. Leaning back, therefore allowing the heel to strike the ground first,

b. The arms and hands not locked into the side of the body and,

c. A jerking leg action (not pushing the foot through to the 35cm in the first part of forward movement, then the full pace of 75cm).

HALTING IN SLOW TIME

The Halt

1.13 Demonstrate the Halt in Slow Time. Explain. On the command “Squad... Halt!” shoot the left foot forward 35 cm, placing the foot flat on the ground. Raise the right foot and assume the position of attention. The command is received as the left foot is passing the right.

1.14 Confirm by practice. Call the time “One Two!” Wheel and halt the group.

Common Faults

1.15 These are:

a. Not bracing the knee when shooting the left foot forward;

70 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 71: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 9 MARCHING AND HALTING IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

b. Not raising the knee till it is horizontal to the ground; and

c. Halting in quick time.

71 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 72: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 10 CHANGING STEP IN SLOW AND QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 10 – Changing Step in Slow and Quick Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Change step in slow time; and

b. Change step in quick time.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Marching and Halting in Slow Time.

Introduction

1.7 Explain. This is a drill movement, which enables a group or individual to regain step when it has been lost.

CHANGING STEP IN SLOW TIME

1.8 Demonstrate and Explain change step in slow time, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers... Change

Step... One” Received as the right foot strikes the ground, take a 75-centimetre pace with the left foot, raise the right knee and then drive the right foot down beside the left in quick time with the right instep against the heel of the left foot.

a. Not raising the right knee.

72 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 73: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 10 CHANGING STEP IN SLOW AND QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults The group calls out “left, right …”

2 “Squad…Two” Step off with a full 75 cm pace, in slow time, with the left foot. The group calls out “left”

a. Not stepping off with the left foot

1.9 Confirm by practice, both movements, with the group calling “Left!” as they step off with the left foot.

1.10 Demonstrate the combined movement. Explain. On the command “The group will change step...Change step!” ‘Change’ is received as the left foot strikes the ground and ‘Step’ as the right foot strikes the ground.

1.11 Confirm by practice. The group call out “Left right, Left!” Practice as individuals also.

73 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 74: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 10 CHANGING STEP IN SLOW AND QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHANGING STEP IN QUICK TIME

1.12 Demonstrate and Explain ‘Changing step in quick time’ by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Change Step...

One” Received as the right heel strikes the ground, a further 75 cm pace is taken with the left foot. Raise the right knee and then drive the right foot down beside the left in double quick time, placing it flat on the ground with the right instep against the heel of the left foot. Simultaneously cut the arms to the side as for the position of attention.

a. Shooting the left foot forward before the right foot strikes the ground (skipping),

2 “Squad…Two” Step off with a full 75 cm pace with the left foot, swinging the arms as for the quick march.

a. Not taking a full 75 cm pace when stepping off

74 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 75: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 10 CHANGING STEP IN SLOW AND QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.13 Confirm by practice, both movements, with the group calling “Left!” as they step off with the left foot in quick time.

1.14 Demonstrate the combined movement. Explain. On the command “The group will change step...Change step!” ‘Change’ is received as the left foot strikes the ground and ‘Step’ as the right strikes the ground.

1.15 Confirm by practice. The group call out “Left right, Left!”

Summary

1.16 Confirm by practicing the group in changing step in slow and quick time, calling and judging the time.

Instructors Note:

1. Explain to the group that an individual who loses step within the group is able to change step without a command.

75 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 76: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 11 – Turning in Slow Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Teach left and right turns in slow time,

b. Teach the about turn in slow time, and

c. Explain diagonal marching.

Timings

1.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in:

a. Slow March, and

b. Halting and changing step in slow time.

Introduction

1.7 Instructor. Ensure the squad is in open order, in line, before beginning. Explain. Turnings on the march are necessary to enable bodies of cadets to change formation and direction without confusion.

LEFT / RIGHT TURNS IN SLOW TIME

1.8 Explain. The command will be given as the right foot strikes the ground. The movement will be taught by numbers.

76 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 77: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Left Foot Front” The left foot is shot forward a

40 cm pace, flat on the ground. Angled towards the left. Weight on the left foot and ball of the right foot, the remainder of the body at attention.

2 “By Numbers Left turn... One”

The full weight of the body is transferred to the left foot, simultaneously; the right thigh is raised to the horizontal in quick time (the foot hanging naturally, with the toe directly under the knee). As the right knee is raised, the body pivots on the flat of the left foot to turn through 90° to the left, pauses with the knee raised (to maintain the cadence of 65 beats to the minute). The right foot is then driven down to assume the position of attention. (The raising of the right knee in quick time assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction). The squad calls out “Check Round”

a. Not raising the right knee in quick time,

b. Not turning through 90° c. Failing to keep the arms

by the side

77 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 78: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad... For – Ward” They step off as for the slow march. The squad calls out “For’ ward”

1.9 Confirm by practice. Halt the squad immediately after the command “. For...-Ward!”

1.10 Instructor. Practice the squad in turnings to the ‘Right’ by numbers, beginning from ‘Right foot front’. The detail given for the left turn is the same except ‘Left’ will read ‘Right’ and vice-versa. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Right Foot Front” The Right foot is shot forward

a 40 cm pace, flat on the ground, angled towards the right weight on the Right foot and ball of the left foot, the

78 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 79: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults remainder of the body at attention.

2 “By Numbers Right Turn... One”

The full weight of the body is transferred to the Right foot, simultaneously; the left thigh is raised to the horizontal in quick time (the foot hanging naturally, with the toe directly under the knee). As the left knee is raised, the body pivots on the flat of the Right foot to turn through 1600 mils to the Right, pauses with the knee raised (to maintain the cadence of 65 beats to the minute). The left foot is then driven down to assume the position of attention. (The raising of the left knee in quick time assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction). The squad calls out “Check Round”

a. Not raising the left knee in quick time,

b. Not pausing when the knee is raised

c. Not turning through 90o d. Failing to keep the arms

by the side

79 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 80: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad... For – Ward” They step off as for the slow march. The calling out is “For’ Ward

The squad calls out “For’ ward”

a. Not shooting the foot forward to gain momentum in the new direction

RIGHT AND LEFT TURN

1.11 Instructor. Practice the squad in turnings to the Left and Right, gradually reduce the time between commands so that the squad is working almost to 65 paces to the minute.

1.12 Demonstrate and explain the complete movements, at the same cadence which they march, calling the time of:

a. “Check!” - Right or Left foot strikes the ground

b. “Round!” - Pivot and pause, the knee raised

80 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 81: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. “Forward!”(For’ ward) - Shoot the Left/ Right foot forward

1.13 Confirm by practice.

Instructor Notes:

1. The introductory word of command for turnings is the same as for Turnings at the Halt.

2. The word of command for the Left Turn is received as the right foot strikes the ground, complete the pace with the left foot and turn.

3. The word of command for the Right Turn is received as the left foot strikes the ground, complete the pace with the right foot and turn.

INCLINING

1.14 Explain. This movement enables a squad to march diagonally without losing formation. If the command “Left/ Right...Incline” is received; the squad carry out the same actions for a Left/ Right Turn, the exception being they only turn through 800 mils.

ABOUT TURN IN SLOW TIME

1.15 Demonstrate the first part of the movement. Explain. This command is received as the left foot strikes the ground. The movement is to be taught by numbers, the first movement the same as that for the ‘Right Turn’. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Right Foot Front” The Right foot is shot forward

a 40 cm pace, flat on the ground, foot inclined towards the right weight on the Right foot and ball of the left foot, the remainder of the body at attention.

2 “By Numbers About Turn... The full weight of the body is a. Not raising the left knee in

81 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 82: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults One” transferred to the Right foot,

simultaneously; the left thigh is raised to the horizontal in quick time (the foot hanging naturally, with the toe directly under the knee). As the left knee is raised, the body pivots on the flat of the right foot to turn through 90° to the right, pauses with the knee raised (to maintain the cadence of 65 beats to the minute). The left foot is then driven down to assume the position of attention. (The raising of the left knee in quick time assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction). The squad calls out “Check Up”

quick time, b. Not pausing when the

knee is raised c. Not turning through 90° d. Failing to keep the arms

by the side

3 “Squad... Two” Raise the right thigh, in quick time, to the horizontal. As the knee is raised, pivot on the flat of the left foot to turn through a further 90° to the right. Pause to maintain the cadence, the drive the right foot down to assume the position of attention facing the new direction. This completes a turn of 180° through the right. The squad calls out “two”

82 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 83: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4 “Squad... Three” Take a mark time pace with the left foot. The thigh will be raised to the horizontal in quick time, take a momentary pause, and drive the left foot down to assume the position of attention. This pace is taken to maintain balance whilst on the move, the pause at the top of the pace is to maintain cadence. The squad calls out “Three”

5 “For – Ward” The right foot is shot forward to continue the slow march.

83 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 84: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.16 Confirm by practice.

1.17 Instructor. Reduce the pause between calling the numbers until the squad are working to 65 paces to the minute.

1.18 Confirm by practice, calling and judging the time. The squad call out as follows:

a. “Check!” - Right foot strikes the ground

b. “Up!” - First pivot and pause with the knee raised

c. “Two!” - Second pivot and pause with the knee raised

d. “Three!” - Mark time pace with the knee raised

e. “For-ward!” - Shoot the right foot forward

Summary

1.19 Practice the squad in turnings to the right, left and about turn. Common faults when turning in slow time can be summarised as follows:

a. Not making a square turn with the head, shoulder, body and feet,

b. Moving the arms,

c. Turning at a rate quicker than 65 paces to the minute,

d. Failure to raise the knees in quick time,

e. Not pausing with each knee raised (losing the cadence), and

f. Allowing the foot to come under the seat instead of hanging naturally under the point of the knee.

84 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 85: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 11 TURNINGS IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.20 Allow the squad to practice the turns judging the time so they may hear the sound of their feet. Finalise with questions to and from the squad.

Instructors Notes:

1. Place a prominent person as marker and point out to the remainder of the squad.

2. Ensure a sound knowledge of the introductory word of command is held.

3. Insist on correct dressing once the squad have completed the turns.

4. Constantly fault check.

85 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 86: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 12 – Turnings in Quick Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Teach the left and right turn in quick time,

b. The about turn in quick time, and

c. Explain diagonal marching in quick time.

Timings

1.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in turnings on the march in slow time, and question the squad as why turns on the march are taught.

Introduction

1.7 Explain. Turnings on the march in quick time are the same as in slow time except that:

a. The arms are cut to the side, and

b. The word ‘Up’ is not called when calling the time.

LEFT / RIGHT TURNS IN QUICK TIME

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Left Turn’ on the march. Explain the command will be received as the right foot strikes the ground.

1.9 Demonstrate the first part of the movement. Explain, by numbers:

86 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 87: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Left Foot Front” Shoot the left foot forward a

full 75 cm pace, foot flat on the ground, foot turned out to the left. Right arm forward, left arm to the rear, as for the Quick march.

2 “By Numbers, Left turn Squad... One”

Transfer the full weight of the body onto the left foot, simultaneously; raise the right knee to the horizontal (foot hanging naturally, toe directly under the knee). As the right knee is raised, pivot on the flat of the left foot to turn the body through 90° to the left. Drive the right foot down to assume the position of attention. The raising of the right knee assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction. The arms are cut to the side.

a. Not raising the right knee b. Not turning through 90° c. Failing to cut the arms to

the side

87 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 88: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad… Two” Step off with the left foot as for the quick march. The squad call out “For’ ward!

a. Not taking a full pace when stepping of.

1.10 Confirm by practice, using the commands “Left foot... Check!” “Squad... One!” and “Squad...Two!” Calling the time is “check round forward”.

1.11 Instructor. Practise the squad in turning to the right, by numbers, beginning from ‘Right Foot, Front’. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Right Foot Front” Shoot the right foot forward a

full 75 cm pace, foot flat on the ground foot turned out toward the right, left arm forward, right arm to the rear, as for the Quick march.

88 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 89: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “By Numbers, Right Turn Squad... One”

Transfer the full weight of the body onto the right foot, simultaneously; raise the left knee to the horizontal (foot hanging naturally, toe directly under the knee). As the left knee is raised, pivot on the flat of the right foot to turn the body through 90° to the right. Drive the left foot down to assume the position of attention. The raising of the left knee assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction. The arms are cut to the side.

a. Not raising the left knee b. Not turning through 90° c. Failing to cut the arms to

the side

3 “Squad… Two” Step off with the right foot as for the quick march. The squad call out “For’ ward!

a. Not shooting the foot forward to gain momentum in the new direction

89 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 90: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.12 Confirm by practice, turning to the left and right. Gradually reduce the time between commands so that the squad is working almost too 120 - 130 paces to the minute.

1.13 Instructor. Demonstrate the complete movements, calling the time at the same cadence, which the squad are marching, as follows:

a. ‘Check’ - as the left/ right foot strikes the ground,

b. ‘Round’ - Pivot, and

c. ‘Forward’ - Shoot the left/ right foot forward.

1.14 Confirm by practice.

1.15 Explain. This movement enables a squad to march diagonally without losing formation. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Left/ Right... Incline” Carry out the same actions as

for a left/ right turn, the exception being they only turn through 45°.

ABOUT TURN IN QUICK TIME

1.16 Explain. This command is received as the left foot strikes the ground. The first movement, when taught by numbers, is the same as that for the right turn. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Right Foot Front” Shoot the right foot forward a

full 75 cm pace, foot flat on the ground foot turned out to the

90 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 91: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults right, left arm forward, right arm to the rear, as for the Quick march.

2 “By Numbers, About Turn….One”

Transfer the full weight of the body onto the right foot, simultaneously; raise the left knee to the horizontal (foot hanging naturally, toe directly under the knee). As the left knee is raised, pivot on the flat of the right foot to turn the body through 90°to the right. Drive the left foot down to assume the position of attention. The raising of the left knee assists the body to turn at right angles to the new direction. The arms are cut to the side.

a. Not raising the left knee b. Not turning through 90° c. Failing to cut the arms to

the side

91 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 92: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 3 “Squad...Two” Raise the right knee,

simultaneously, pivot on the flat of the left foot to turn through a further 90°, drive the right foot down to assume the position of attention in the new direction. The remainder of body remains at attention. This completes a turn of 180° to the right.

a. Not turning a further full 90°,

b. Not raising the thigh to the horizontal,

c. Arms not held into the position of attention.

4 “Squad...Three” A mark-time pace is taken with the left foot. This is done to maintain balance on the move.

a. Not raising the thigh to the horizontal.

5 “Squad Four” Shoot the right foot forward and continue marching. The squad are to call out “For’ ward!”

92 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 93: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 12 TURNUINGS IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1.17 Instructor. Practice all movements, by numbers, calling and judging the time reducing the pause between calling numbers until the squad are working to 120 - 130 paces to the minute. Then squad call the time as follows:

1 Check Right foot strikes the ground

2 Up First pivot

3 Two Second pivot

4 Three Mark-time pace

5 For’ Ward Shoot the right foot forward

Summary

1.18 Practise the squad, turning to the right, left and the about turn. Common faults for all turns in Quick Time are summarised as follows:

a. Not making a square turn with the head, shoulders, body and feet;

b. Moving the arms;

c. Turning at a speed quicker than the cadence;

d. Failing to raise the knees to bring the thigh to the horizontal; and

e. Allowing the foot to come under the seat instead of hanging naturally under the point of the knee.

93 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 94: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 13 MARKING TIME IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 13 – Marking Time in Slow Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Slow Mark Time from the Halt;

b. Halt from Slow Mark Time;

c. Slow March from Slow Mark Time;

d. Slow Mark Time from Slow March; and

e. Changing Step whilst Marking Time in Slow Time.

Timings

1.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Ensure the squad is in-line and in open order before commencing instruction.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Revise marching in-line in slow time.

MARK TIME IN SLOW TIME

1.7 Explain. This movement enables a body of cadets to remain in the same position whilst on the march in slow time. It is mainly used for ceremonial drill but can be used to position the squad in one place without halting or if the squad is obstructed by another moving body of troops or objects.

1.8 Demonstrate the complete ‘Mark Time from the Halt in Slow Time’

94 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 95: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 13 MARKING TIME IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Mark...Time” The left knee is raised in quick

time bringing the thigh to the horizontal, foot hanging naturally, the toe directly under the knee. A pause is taken at the horizontal then the left knee is forced to the ground in quick time (the pause is to keep the cadence of 65 paces to the minute). As the left toe comes to the ground the right knee is raised in a similar manner, maintaining the 65 paces to the minute cadence. As each knee arrives at the horizontal the calling out is “Up!”

a. Gaining or losing ground, thus losing dressing,

b. Increasing the rate of marching,

c. Swaying and general unsteadiness including flapping the arms.

d. Looking down.

1.9 Instructor. Take care calling the cadence, ensuring it is called as each foot strikes the ground i.e. for the first beat the squad call “Up!” before receiving from the instructor “Left!”. Only the squad call “Up!” and only the instructor is to call the cadence.

1.10 Demonstrate the complete ‘Halt from Mark Time’. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad... Halt” Received as the right knee

reaches its highest point, the right foot is driven to the ground to assume the position of attention. The squad call out “Down!

1.11 Confirm by practice.

1.12 Demonstrate the complete ‘Slow March from Mark Time’.

95 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 96: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 13 MARKING TIME IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “For – Ward” Received consecutively as

each right knee reaches its highest point, drive the right foot down in quick time and shoot the left foot forward to continue the slow march

a. Arms flapping, b. Shortened pace when

stepping off.

1.13 Confirm by practice. Halt the squad after several steps for further practice.

1.14 Demonstrate the complete ‘Mark Time from the Slow March’. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Mark Time” The cautionary is drawn out

over four paces, as the right foot strikes the ground, raise the left knee until the thigh is at the horizontal, foot hanging naturally, toe directly under the knee, hold knee in the horizontal position for a “pause”, then force the foot to the ground continuing to mark time with the right leg.

a. Knees not driven up in quick time.

1.15 Demonstrate the complete ‘Change Step when Marking Time in Slow Time. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Change Step” Cautionary received as the

left foot strikes the ground, executive as the right foot strikes the ground (successive feet). Followed by two double taps with the left foot. Then continue to mark time at 65 paces to the minute. The squad call out “Left, Left, Right!” as each foot strikes the ground.

a. Not raising the knee in quick time

b. Racing the cadence during the two left foot mark time paces

c. Losing balance (right foot not flat on the ground or knee not braced).

1.16 Practice the Mark Time and forward, continually checking the squad take a full 75 cm pace with the right foot.

Summary

1.17 Instructor. Practice the squad in all movements; ensuring the cadence is not sped-up, practicing also each movement whilst marching in line in close order. Explain also that they will be required to take Open and Close Order on the March, in Slow Time, a lesson yet to be taught.

96 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 97: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 13 MARKING TIME IN SLOW TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Instructors Notes:

1. To help keep the rate of marching at the correct cadence, selected soldiers should be drawn from the squad to march across the frontage keeping in step with the instructors call.

2. Initially, the squad will learn more by having short spells of Mark Time for each practice rather than tiring them over too long a spell.

3. Stress the importance of pausing with the knee raised whilst marking Time or Turning in Slow Time.

4. Continually fault check.

97 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 98: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 14 MARKING TIME IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 14 – Marking Time in Quick Time A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Quick mark time from the halt;

b. The halt from the quick mark time;

c. Quick march from quick mark time;

d. Quick mark time from quick march; and

e. Changing step whilst marking time.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Ensure the squad is in-line and in open order before commencing instruction.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Revise the squad in Marching in line in Quick Time.

QUICK MARK TIME

1.7 Explain. This movement enables a body of cadets to remain in the same position whilst on the march. It is mainly used in ceremonial drill but can be used to position the squad in one place without halting or if the squad is obstructed by another moving body of cadets or object.

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Quick Mark Time from the Halt’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Quick Mark... Time” Raise the left knee in quick

time, the foot hanging a. Increasing the cadence

rate

98 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 99: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 14 MARKING TIME IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults naturally, the toe directly under the knee, then lower the left foot to the ground in quick time. As the left toe comes to the ground, raise the right knee in a similar manner and continue marking time without moving forward.

b. Swaying and unsteadiness, including flapping the arms

c. Looking down.

1.9 Demonstrate the complete ‘Halt’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad...Halt” (Received when the right foot

strikes the ground), complete the pace with the left foot then drive the right foot to the ground to assume the position of attention. The squad are to call out “One, Two!”

a. Swaying and unsteadiness, including flapping the arms.

1.10 Confirm by practice.

1.11 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Quick March from Quick Mark Time’. Explain: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “For – Ward” Received as consecutive left

feet strike the ground, drive the right foot down and shoot the left foot forward and swing the arms as for the quick march. The squad will call out “Down!”

a. Not stepping of with a full 75cm pace.

1.12 Confirm by practice. Halt the squad after several steps for further practice

99 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 100: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 14 MARKING TIME IN QUICK TIME ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.13 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Quick Mark Time from Quick March’. Explain.

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Mark... Time” Received on successive

beats as the left foot strikes the ground, complete a 40 cm pace with the right and begin marking time with the left foot, the arms cut to the side as for the position of attention. The squad calls out; “Check!” as the right foot strikes the ground. “Up” as the left knee is driven up.

a. Swaying and unsteadiness, including flapping the arms,

b. Not driving the knees up horizontal to ground.

c. Racing the cadence.

1.14 Confirm by practicing the Mark Time and Forward, checking the arms are cut to the side.

1.15 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Changing Step whilst Marking Time’. Explain.

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Change... Step” Received on consecutive

feet; Change’ on the left, ‘Step’ on the right, two mark time paces are made with the left foot in the same cadence being called, after which normal marking time will be resumed. The squad calls out “Left, Left, Right!”

a. Not driving the knees up in quick succession.

1.16 Confirm by practice.

Instructors Notes

1. Changing Step whilst Marking Time may be demonstrated using a selected squad member. The instructor and squad member face the squad. Give the command “Quick mark...Time!” and begin marking time with the right foot so that you are out of step with the squad member. Then give the command “Change... Step!” carry out the actions as detailed returning to the correct step.

2. Initially, the squad will learn more by having short spells of Mark Time for each practice rather than tiring them over too long a spell.

3. Continually fault check.

100 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 101: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 15 SCC ON AND OFF CAPS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 15 – SCC On and Off Caps A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach SCC cadets:

a. On and Off Caps.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress

1.4 Working Dress

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Ensure the squad is in-line and in open order before commencing instruction.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Nil revision.

ON AND OFF CAPS

1.7 Explain. Although the manner in which different headgear is removed from, and replaced on the head may have certain differences, the following drills are to be complied with for the removal and replacement of Naval caps/baseball caps when the orders ‘On – Caps’ and ‘Off – Caps’ are given.

OFF CAPS

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Off Caps’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 ”By Numbers, Off – Caps” Officers and ratings wearing

peaked caps. Seize the peak of the cap with the right hand, thumb underneath the peak fingers on top. Officers and ratings wearing caps. With the forefinger and

a. Moving the head; b. Elbow not close to the

chest; and c. Fingers not flat or facing

the rear.

101 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 102: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 15 SCC ON AND OFF CAPS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults thumb of the right hand seize the top of the cap just above the left ear. The back of the hand is to be to the front, fingers together and pointing to the rear.

2 “Two” Resume the position of Attention carrying the cap/beret in the right hand across the body by the shortest route. The name of the ships (on caps) to be to the front.

a. Moving the head; b. Elbow not close to the

chest; and c. Fingers not flat or facing

the rear.

1.9 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘On Caps’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 ”By Numbers, On – Caps” Officers and ratings wearing

caps. Replace the cap on the head with the right hand. The names of the ships (on caps) to be to the front.

a. Moving the head; b. Elbow not close to the

chest; and c. Fingers not flat or facing

the rear. 2 “Two” Officers and ratings wearing

caps. Release the grip on the cap and resume the position of attention.

a. Moving the head; b. Elbow not close to the

chest; and c. Fingers not flat or facing

the rear.

1.10 Confirm by practice ‘On and Off Caps’.

OFF CAPS WITH CHINSTAYS

1.11 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘On and Off Caps’ with Chinstays. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Off – Caps” Place the thumb of the right

hand under the chinstays below the chin.

2 “Two” Pull the chinstay clear of the chin at the same time raising the hand to grasp the front of the cap, fingers on top, thumb underneath the rim.

3 “Three” Remove the cap and resume the position of attention retaining the grip of the chinstay with the thumb.

1.12 Confirm by practice ‘Off Caps’ with chinstays.

ON CAPS WITH CHINSTAYS

1.13 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Quick Mark Time from Quick March’. Explain.

102 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 103: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL LESSON 15 SCC ON AND OFF CAPS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “On Caps” Place the cap on the head

retaining the grip of the chinstay with the thumb.

1.14 Confirm by practicing the Mark Time and Forward, checking the arms are cut to the side.

1.15 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Changing Step whilst Marking Time’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Two” Pull the chinstay down under

the chin.

2 “Three” Cut the disengaged hand smartly to the side. In quick time the movement is carried out dwelling a pause of two marching paces between each movement.

1.16 Confirm by practice.

103 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 104: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 1 POSITIONS WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 2 – DPTA Drill LESSON 1 – Positions with the DPTA at the Halt and on the

March A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Positions of attention, stand at ease, stand easy; and

b. Open and close order and the side pace.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Normal working dress with DPTAs

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Preliminaries

1.6 Squad Formation. Arrange the group in a Hollow Square, the centre and rear ranks at the incline.

1.7 Explain. All rifle drill is first taught by numbers and then by calling and judging the regulation pause between movements. The word of command for movements judging the time will be as for numbers, although “Arms!” becomes the executive, e.g. “Shoulder Arms... One!” becomes “Shoulder...Arms!”

1.8 Good rifle drill is a combination of:

a. Sharp decisive handling of the DPTA;

b. No fidgeting between movements;

c. Keeping the arms and elbows close to the body throughout; and

104 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 105: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 1 POSITIONS WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

d. Control of the body.

1.9 When the DPTA is described as being vertical, it is the barrel not the butt, which is vertical.

SHUN AND STAND AT EASE

1.10 Demonstrate the Shun and the Stand at Ease. Explain, by numbers Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Squad... Shun

One”

Force the DPTA to a vertical position at the right side of the body; and Simultaneously strike the butt with the right hand placing the palm of the hand on the right of the butt with the fingers curled underneath and the thumb around the ‘toe’ of the butt. Maintain the hold on the barrel grip with the left hand. Simultaneously raise the left foot and drive it forcefully in beside the right. The group calls out “One…left right”

a. DPTA not vertical; b. Incorrect position of the

right hand; c. Left foot sliding along the

ground rather than being raised and driven forcefully in beside the right.

2 “Squad Two”

Cut the left hand away by the shortest route to the left side of the body, closing the hand on the way; At the same time the right hand (holding the DPTA) is pulled back so that the thumb is touching the leg behind the

a. Not keeping the left arm close to the body when cutting it to the side;

b. Pulling the DPTA back too far or not far enough.

105 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 106: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 1 POSITIONS WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults seam of the trousers. The group calls out “Two”

3 “By Numbers Stand At Ease…One”

The butt is forced forward until the DPTA is vertical. Simultaneously the left hand is brought across the body by the shortest route to seize the barrel grip with the fingers and thumb wrapped around the barrel grip and barrel. The group calls out “One…Left Right”

a. Not forcing the butt forward until the DPTA is vertical.

b. Not gripping the barrel grip

with the thumb around the barrel tucked away;

4 “Squad Two” Grasping the barrel grip, slap the right hand on the butt just below the magazine housing, fingers and thumb together

106 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 107: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 1 POSITIONS WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults with the back of the hand facing forward The group calls out “Two…Left Right”

5 “Squad Three” Stand at ease and at the same

time force the DPTA barrel down and slightly forward to the fullest extent of the left arm. Right hand over the right thigh. The body is to be evenly balanced on both feet with the rifle held in a horizontal position across the front of the body. The group calls out “Three”

a. Lack of co-ordination between the hands and feet;

b. Bending of the right knee and lowering at the waist;

c. Looking down.

107 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 108: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 1 POSITIONS WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.11 Explain. On the command “Stand...Easy!” relax the body. There is to be no talking or moving of the limbs unless directed by the instructor.

STAND AT EASE FROM EASY

1.12 Explain. On the command “Squad!” the ‘At ease’ position is resumed.

1.13 Confirm by practice.

1.14 Confirm by practicing all positions. Rather than calling “One!” get the squad to listen to the sound of their feet so they start to work together as a team. Stress the importance of co-ordination when moving the left arm and leg.

THE OPEN AND CLOSE ORDER, AND SIDE PACE

1.15 The instructor is to demonstrate these movements. Explain. When executing these movements, the DPTA will be in the shoulder, and the movements are the same as for the “Open and Close Order” without DPTA. It should be noted for the ‘Side Pace’ that as the trailing leg is driven in beside the other at the completion of the required number of paces raise, kneeing the knee throughout.

Summary

1.16 Instructor. Practice the squad in all Positions, Open and Close Order...Right Dress and the Side Pace. Have the squad calling and judging the time.

108 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 109: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 2 SALUTING WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – Saluting With the DPTA at the Halt and on the March

A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach saluting with the DPTA:

a. At the halt; and

b. On the march.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working dress with DPTA

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in position of Attention with the DPTA.

SALUTING AT THE HALT

Salute to the Front

1.7 Demonstrate the Salute to the Front at the Halt. Explain. This movement is taught so that compliments may be paid by a cadet at the halt, to an officer who is passing the cadets’ front, flank or rear. The cadet paying the compliment is to turn and face the officer to whom the compliment is being paid.

1.8 Demonstrate and explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Salute to the

Front... One” Force the butt forward so the DPTA is vertical. Simultaneously, force the left hand across the body and strike the DPTA with the palm

a. Allowing the elbow to leave the body,

b. Fingers and thumb not together

c. DPTA not vertical

109 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 110: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 2 SALUTING WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults of the hand on the barrel grip. The fingers and thumb are together and extended the back of the hand to the front, the elbow close to the body. The group calls out “ One…Left, Right “

d. Palm of the hand is not in the correct position on the barrel grip.

2 “Squad...Two” Cut the left arm to the side by the shortest possible route, closing the hand on the way and, at the same time, pull the DPTA back so that the thumb is touching the leg behind the seam of the trousers. The group calls out “Two”

a. Sluggish movements, b. Hand not in the correct

position of attention.

110 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 111: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 2 SALUTING WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.9 Confirm by practice. Combine both movements.

SALUTING TO THE FLANKS

1.10 Explain. The same actions as for saluting to the front apply except that the head and eyes are turned to the appropriate flank as the salute commences. When the left arm is cut to the side, the head and eyes are turned to the front.

SALUTING ON THE MARCH

Salute to the Front

1.11 Demonstrate ‘Left Foot Front’. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Position” Shoot the left foot forward a 75

cm pace. Left arm fully to the rear, as for the quick march.

2 “By Numbers Salute to the Front... One”

Take a 75 cm pace with the right foot, cut the left arm to the side and call out “Check!” Take a further pace with the left foot, simultaneously bring the left arm from the side up to the salute and force the toe of the DPTA to the vertical position and call out “Up!” The group calls out “Check…Up”

a. Arm and foot movements not co-ordinated

b. Left arm swinging away from the body as it is cut to the side

c. The DPTA and left arm not in the correct position of the salute

111 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 112: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 2 SALUTING WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad...Two” Remain at the salute and, commencing with the right foot, take a further four 75 cm paces. The calling out is “Two, Three, Four, Five!”

4 “Squad...Thre

Take a 75 cm pace with the right foot simultaneously cutting the left arm to the side and calling out “Down!” Take a further pace with the left foot and force the left arm to the rear, calling out “Swing!” ready to continue marching. The squad calls out “Down…Swing”

112 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 113: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 2 SALUTING WITH THE DPTA AT THE HALT AND ON THE MARCH ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults e”

1.12 Re-confirm all movements gradually decreasing the pause between each number until a rate of 120 or 130 paces to the minute is achieved. Combine all movements.

SALUTING TO THE FLANKS ON THE MARCH

1.13 Explain. The same actions for saluting to the front on the march apply except that the head and eyes are turned in the appropriate direction as the salute begins. When the left arm is cut to the side, the head and eyes are turned to the front.

Instructors Notes

1. The squad should be practiced in saluting to the front on the march before practising the salute to the flank.

2. Towards the end of the lesson, practise saluting to the front and flank in groups of two or three.

113 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 114: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 3 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – Present Arms and Shoulder Arms from the Present

A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The Present Arms; and

b. The Shoulder Arms from the Present.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working dress and DPTA

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Have the squad in the Hollow Box, DPTA at the shoulder.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Revise the following:

a. Shun and the stand at ease; and

b. Saluting on the march with the DPTA.

PRESENT ARMS

1.7 Explain. Present Arms is a compliment paid with the DPTA whilst on ceremonial duties or parades and guard duty. The command will always be given from the shoulder and vice-versa except when carrying out funeral, cenotaph or catafalque drills.

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Present Arms’ from the Shoulder. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Present

Arms... One” Force the DPTA to a central position in front of the body with the barrel vertical and the optic sight 5 cm from the body,

DPTA not central in front of the body, The left hand not on the barrel

114 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 115: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 3 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults the right arm fully extended. Simultaneously, the left hand seizes the barrel grip with the fingers wrapped around it, the thumb extended up alongside the barrel, not protruding above the barrel grip. Left elbow tight in to the body. The squad calls out “One …Left, Right”

grip, The thumb extended above the barrel grip. DPTA is not vertical.

2 “Squad... Two” Raise the right foot and drive it down so that the instep is behind and touching the inside left heel, to attain a 30o angle of the feet. Simultaneously, remove the right hand from the toe of the DPTA 5 cm, cup the fingers and thumb and place them under the butt plate, the arm remaining fully extended.

The squad calls out “Two”

Increasing the angle between the feet, Allowing the right shoulder to drop Correct position of the thumb around the toe of the butt

115 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 116: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 3 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ARMS

1.9 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Shoulder Arms’ from the Present. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Shoulder

Arms... One” Force the DPTA into the shoulder arms position, the DPTA remaining vertical, simultaneously, transfers the right hand to the correct position of the shoulder arms. The squad calls out “One…Left, Right”

DPTA not remaining vertical, Not striking the side of the DPTA.

116 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 117: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 3 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.10 Confirm by practice. Practise the squad ‘Calling’ and ‘Judging’ the time, for both movements.

Summary

1.11 Reform the squad in three ranks, in open order, and practice them in:

a. Shun from the ‘Stand at Ease’

b. ‘Present Arms’ from the shoulder,

c. ‘Shoulder Arms’ from the present, and

d. ‘Stand at Ease’ from the Shun.

2 “Squad... Two” Raise the right foot; drive it down beside the left into the position of attention. Simultaneously, cut the left arm to the side and pull the DPTA back. The squad calls out “Two”

Sluggish speed of movement, Thumb not behind the seem of the trousers.

117 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 118: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 4 – Ground and Take Up Arms A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. Ground arms; and

b. Take-up arms.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Work dress and DPTAs.

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Ensure the group is in a Hollow Square prior to the lesson starting.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in:

a. Shun and stand at ease; and

b. Positions with the DPTA. Check the positioning of the DPTA in the shoulder.

1.7 Explain. This movement is taught in order that arms may be placed on the ground regimentally and without confusion. This movement is to be carried out when DPTAs are not required during a period of instruction or a break in training is taken. The movement is to be carried out in the open order if more than 2 ranks are formed.

GROUND ARMS

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Ground Arms’. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Ground

Arms... One” Retain the grip with the right hand and force the left arm across the body to seize the

118 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 119: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults barrel grip. Simultaneously pull the toe of the DPTA forward until vertical.

2 “Squad...Two” With the right hand, transfer and grip the body of the DPTA between the pistol grip and magazine, thumb to the rear, right elbow well into the side.

Correct grip of the right hand. Right elbow tucked into the side.

3 “Squad.... Three” Take a pace forward with the left foot so that the rear of the left heel is level with the right knee in the kneeling position (knee does not touch the ground) and, simultaneously, cut the left arm to the side and kneel down. The right hand

Positioning of the left foot is not inline with the right knee. Right knee touching the ground. Failing to look down to observe the DPTAs position.

119 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 120: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults controls the DPTA placing it on the ground, muzzle directly to the front, magazine to the right, and the optic sight in line with the right knee. Look down to observe the positioning of the DPTA, keeping the left arm straight beside the body.

Not maintaining the left arm in the side of the body and allowing the elbow to bend. Magazine not facing the right. DPTAs not covered off.

4 “Squad... Four” Release the DPTA with the right hand and force the body upright. Simultaneously, raise the left knee and drive the left foot down beside the right to resume the position of attention, head up.

Not forcing the body to the upright position. Failing to raise the left knee and drive the left foot in beside the right.

120 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 121: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TAKE-UP ARMS

1.9 Explain. If a group has been moved away from the DPTA in order to perform other drill movements, the group is to march back to the DPTAs prior to taking-up arms and dressed so that the optic sight is directly in-line with the front of the right foot of each group member.

1.10 Demonstrate the complete movement “Take-up Arms”. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Take-Up

Arms... One” Take a pace forward with the left foot so that the rear of the left heel is level with the right knee, in the kneeling position, bending the knees. Grip the DPTA with the right hand as in the “Ground Arms... Two!” keeping the left arm straight beside the body. Look down slightly to observe the correct grip of the right hand

Over stepping when moving down to the DPTA. Correct grip on the DPTA.

2 “Squad... Two” Grip the DPTA with the right hand and force the body upright to assume the position of attention rifle in the vertical position. Simultaneously, raise the left knee and drive the left foot in beside the right, whip the left hand across the body to grip the rifle around the barrel grip.

Not moving at the same time. Not forcing the body to the upright position. Failing to raise the left knee and drive the left foot in beside the right. Not getting the correct grip with the left hand.

121 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 122: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

3 “Squad... Three” Release the grip with the right hand and drive the hand down to slap the DPTA butt, thumb over the toe of DPTA as for the shoulder. DPTA still vertical.

Sluggish movements. Thumb not in the correct position.

4 “Squad... Four” Cut the left hand away to the side. At the same time, pull the right hand back and adopt the correct position of attention, DPTA in the shoulder.

Not keeping the left arm close to the body when cutting it to the side. Pulling the DPTA too far back or not far enough.

122 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 123: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 4 GROUND AND TAKE UP ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

Summary

1.11 Instructor. Practise the group in Ground and Take-up Arms, by numbers, ensuring the group go for speed of movement without committing faults. Combine the movements Calling and Judging the Time.

Instructors Notes

1. Do not leave the squad in a strained position for longer than necessary.

2. Fault check continually, achieving flowing rather than snappy movements

123 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 124: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 5 – Slope Arms A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The Slope Arms from the Shoulder Arms;

b. The Shoulder Arms from the Slope Arms; and

c. At The Halt and on the March.

Timings

1.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working dress and DPTA

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Revise the following:

a. Recover Arms.

1.7 Explain. The Slope Arms is an alternate position to shoulder arms. It is designed for use when marching short distances and help relieve strain in the arm.

SLOPE ARMS FROM THE SHOULDER

1.8 Demonstrate and explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Slope

Arms…One” Whip the left hand across the body and grip the barrel grip with the back of the hand to the front, with the fingers and thumb curled around the barrel and hand grip.

Sluggish speed of movement.

124 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 125: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “Squad…Two” Release the right hand; transfer the right hand to the small of the butt between the pistol grip and the magazine. Fingers are together on the right hand side with thumb to the left.

Not getting the correct grip with the right hand Right elbow not staying close to the right side of the body Not keeping left elbow tucked into chest

3 “Squad…Three” Force the rifle across to the left shoulder rotating it so that the magazine is pointing to the left. Simultaneously, transfer the grip of the left hand to the butt with the back of the hand facing the ground, fingers together, thumb around toe of the rifle. Left elbow at the side of the body with the forearm parallel to the ground.

Not keeping the rifle close to the body when forcing it to the left shoulder Not keeping the fingers of the left hand together and curled around the butt Not finishing with the left elbow at the side of the body with the forearm parallel to the ground

125 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 126: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4 “Squad…Four” Whip the right hand across the body to the correct position of attention

Sluggish speed of movement.

1.9 Confirm by practice. Practise the squad ‘Calling’ and ‘Judging’ the time, for all movements.

SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE SLOPE ARMS

1.10 Demonstrate and Explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Shoulder

Arms…One” Whip the right hand across the body and grasp the small of the butt between the bottom of the pistol grip and magazine. Fingers are together on top with the thumb underneath.

Sluggish speed of movement.

126 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 127: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “Squad…Two” Force the rifle back to a vertical position at the right hand side of the body, simultaneously transferring the grip with the left hand from the butt to the barrel grip. The back of the hand faces the front with fingers and thumb curled around the barrel and handgrip.

Rifle not vertical at side of body. Not keeping fingers together on the barrel grip.

3 “Squad…Three” Release the right hand, strike, and then grip the butt. The butt sits in the palm of the right hand, thumb curled around the toe and fingers together under the butt plate

Not keeping the rifle vertical Not keeping the fingers of the right hand together

127 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 128: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4 “Squad…Four” Cut the left arm to the side of the body, simultaneously forcing the rifle into the correct position of attention

Forcing the rifle too far to the rear Forcing the left arm to far to the rear

1.11 Confirm by practice. Practise the squad ‘Calling’ and ‘Judging’ the time, for all movements.

ON THE MARCH

1.12 Demonstrate the Complete movement and Explain.

1.13 Explain to the Squad that the executive word of command is received as the left foot strikes the ground. The four movements are carried out on successive left foots. The rifle is held still on intermediary beats of the right foot.

128 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 129: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 5 SLOPE ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.14 Practice the squad in slope arms on the march by giving the command “squad Slope…Arms”. The squad is to call out the time of “check one, check two, check three, check four, check swing on the four beats of the left foot.

Summary

1.15 Practice the Squad in slope arms and shoulder arms without calling out the time.

Instructor Notes

1. Demonstrate movements when transferring weapon from shoulder to shoulder, from the front and side.

2. To maintain correct weapon angle at the left shoulder, left forearm must be parallel to the ground with the upper arm at the position of attention.

3. When demonstrating the slope arms on the march, march towards the squad to give full view of the movement.

129 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 130: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 6 RECOVER ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 6 – Recover Arms A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The recover arms from the shoulder, and

b. The shoulder arms from the recover.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 Working dress with DPTA

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in shoulder, and present arms. Have the squad formed in a hollow square before continuing.

1.7 The Recover Arms is a movement that assists the covering of markers on a large parade and may also be used for ceremonial purposes. The movement will commence from and return to the shoulder arms position.

RECOVER ARMS FROM THE SHOULDER

1.8 Demonstrate the complete ‘Recover Arms’. Explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Recover Arms

... One” Whip the left hand across the body and grip the barrel grip with the back of the hand to the front, the fingers and thumb curled around the barrel and hand grip, the rifle brought to a vertical position, ensuring the left elbow remains close to

Not keeping the left elbow tucked into the chest, and Not getting the correct grip with the right hand.

130 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 131: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 6 RECOVER ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults the body.

2 “Squad ... Two” Release the right hand, bend the arm and re-grasp the small of the butt keeping the fingers together and on the right side of the butt, the thumb to the left.

3 “Squad …Three” Force the rifle to a central position in front of the body with the rifle vertical and the magazine to the front. Simultaneously, seize the butt plate with the left hand, thumb to the front and fingers together around the toe of the butt, the forearm parallel to the ground. The eyes are to be in-line with the rear (bottom) of the optic sight.

131 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 132: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 6 RECOVER ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1.9 Confirm by practice. Ensure the rifle is vertical, central to the body, and held at the correct height.

1.10 Practice the squad in all movements, continually fault check.

THE SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE RECOVER

1.11 Demonstrate the complete ‘Shoulder Arms from the Recover’. Explain, by numbers. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Shoulder Arms

... One” Force the rifle down into the right side, at the same time strike and seize the barrel grip with the left hand

2 “Squad ... Two” Release the right hand, then strike and grip the butt. The butt sits in the palm of the right hand, thumb straight and fingers together under the butt plate.

Not striking the butt in the correct position, and

3 “Squad ... Three” Cut the left arm away to the side, pull the rifle back and assume the position of attention, rifle in the shoulder.

Not cutting the left arm away, along the shortest route.

Summary

1.12 Instructor. Place the squad out as ‘Markers’ and explain that when given the command to “Fall in!” they are to:

a. Come to attention;

b. Shoulder arms;

c. Turn right;

d. Recover arms; and

e. Cover off.

1.13 Dress the squad as the CSM would dress Company Markers then explain that on the command “Markers...Steady!” they are to:

a. Shoulder arms; and

b. Turn left.

1.14 Explain that if the squad is given the command “In open order... Fall in!” they are to shoulder arms take three 40 cm paces forward before completing the Recover Arms.

132 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 133: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 2 DPTA DRILL LESSON 6 RECOVER ARMS ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Instructors Notes

1. The ceremonial purposes referred to earlier include the movement of the right guides during the Trooping of the Colours.

2. This lesson must be taught to all Company markers before joining the Battalion Parade.

133 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 134: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 3 – Ceremonial Occasions SECTION 1 – ANZAC Day Procedures

General

3.1 Anzac Day is commemorated on the 25th of April each year. It is a day of special significance to the New Zealand Defence Force and is to be observed as a Sunday. Cadet Unit Commanders are to sustain traditional Anzac Day associations with local bodies and Royal New Zealand Returned Services’ Association branches, and where practicable and appropriate, are to increase their uniformed contributions to commemorative parades and services. The military nature of Anzac Day invites close public scrutiny of the New Zealand Cadet Forces, therefore, any contribution must be of a standard that draws favourable comment by television and press and enhances the Cadet Forces reputation within the community.

3.2 To ensure that the requirements reflect the importance of the day, Cadet Unit Commanders must be aware of the following subjects:

a. Poppy Day and the wearing of poppies;

b. Saluting;

c. Removal of headdress;

d. Catafalque guard;

e. Order of march;

f. Suggested service sequence; and

g. Mounting of catafalque guard.

Poppy Day and the Wearing of Poppies

3.3 Poppy Day is identified by both military and civilians as the day to wear poppies, and is normally observed the Friday before Anzac Day.

3.4 Poppies may be worn by Cadet Force’s personnel on Poppy Day and Anzac Day only. The wearing of the Poppy for NZCF personnel is as follows:

a. SCC and ATC. The Poppy will be worn with the stem inserted behind the name badge; and

b. NZCC. When wearing the beret the stem of the poppy is to be placed behind the badge with the poppy to the left of the badge.

Saluting

3.5 All ranks in uniform, but not in a formed body, attending memorial services and occasions, are to salute during the sounding of the “Last Post”. When the national anthem is played as part of the ceremony, the same rules for saluting apply. When the national

134 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 135: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

anthems God Save the Queen and God Defend New Zealand are played one after the other, the participants of the service are reminded only to salute during God Save the Queen.

Removal of Headdress

3.6 Personnel in uniform attending religious services and commemorative services outdoors are not to remove headdress except at the request of the officiating chaplain.

Catafalque Guard

3.7 A catafalque guard may be mounted over a catafalque on Anzac Day. The procedures for mounting the guard are laid down in para 10.

Order of March

3.8 At Anzac Day ceremonies in New Zealand, units of the Armed Forces take precedence after formed bodies of ex-Service personnel. However, at parades arranged by the Services, precedence is to be as follows:

a. Regular, Territorial, and Reserve Forces. All units are to be grouped in accordance with parade orders.

b. New Zealand Cadet Forces. Contingents of the New Zealand Cadet Forces are to march behind all the Armed Forces in the following order:

(1) Sea Cadet Corps,

(2) New Zealand Cadet Corps, and

(3) Air Training Corps.

c. Civil Organisations. Civil organisations (for example: Legion of Frontiersmen, Order of St John, et cetera) are to march behind the New Zealand Cadet Forces in order of precedence as laid down by the Department of Internal Affairs.

Suggested Service

3.9 Services throughout the country will vary, but are normally held at the same venue with procedures being maintained from previous years. Should there be a need to assist with a local service a suggested sequence is as follows:

a. The Dedication (optional);

b. Prayers (optional);

c. The Lesson (optional);

d. The Address;

e. The Commemoration;

135 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 136: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

f. Laying of Wreaths (the precedence of laying is the same as the order of march for the parade);

g. The Remembrance (Binyon’s Lines);

h. The Firing of Volleys (Optional, NZCF are NOT to fire volleys);

i. Last Post;

j. One Minute Silence;

k. Reveille;

l. The Blessing (optional); and

m. Hymns throughout (optional).

Catafalque Guards

3.10 A catafalque, normally a raised platform supporting a bier on which a casket rests, may be represented for ceremonial purposes by a shrine or remembrance stone. At a memorial service for a distinguished personage that is being held at a different location or time to the actual funeral, a representation of a catafalque may be erected in the church concerned.

3.11 A catafalque guard is a guard mounted over a catafalque on one of the following occasions:

a. During a period of lying-in-state;

b. During a military funeral service in a church;

c. At a memorial service on special occasions such as Anzac Day; and

d. During a memorial service in a church for a recently deceased distinguished personage.

Catafalque Guard Composition for ANZAC Day

3.12 A catafalque guard mounted for ANZAC Day consists of:

a. A Guard Commander (SNCO);

b. Four Sentries; and

c. A Waiting Member (that is also the reserve).

3.13 A sentry who feels unfit to complete a vigil is to lift his or her head, and on this signal the guard commander is to immediately replace that guard member with the waiting member (reserve).

136 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 137: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Suggested Procedure for ANZAC Day

3.14 The following is a suggested pre-ANZAC Day procedure for NZCF Units who are mounting a Catafalque Guard for ANZAC Day:

a. The catafalque guard is to be selected (including the reserve) and training started;

b. Liaison with the local Council and RSA on the ANZAC Day Service format;

c. A thorough reconnaissance of the cenotaph area is to be carried out, which is to include:

(1) Forming up location.

(2) Route to and from the cenotaph.

(3) Sentry positions are identified including guard commander and the reserve.

d. Rehearsals at the cenotaph (with DP Norinco’s) are to be carried out, to include:

(1) Mounting of the sentries;

(2) Dismounting of the sentries; and

(3) Changing of individual sentries with the reserve.

Mounting of the Vigil

3.15 The mounting of the vigil is conducted as follows:

a. Sentries of the vigil are slow marched into position at the “Shoulder” and halted;

b. The sentries are then ordered to “Outwards TURN”; and

c. “Rest on Arms REVERSED” given.

During the Ceremony

3.16 Once the vigil has been mounted they remain at the “Rest on Arms REVERSED”. After the Remembrance (Binyon’s Lines) the guard commander gives the following commands:

a. “SHUN” (this is a crash command);

b. “Present ARMS”.

3.17 The vigil remains in the Present Arms until after the “Last Post” has been played. The guard commander then gives the command:

137 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 138: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a. “Shoulder Arms”.

3.18 There will be a moment of silence before “Reveille” is played. The Vigil does not salute (present arms) during the playing of “Reveille”.

3.19 The vigil remains in position until the service has finished.

Dismounting of the Vigil

3.20 After those attending the service have departed the cenotaph, the guard commander is to give the commands:

a. “Inwards TURN”; and

b. “Slow MARCH”.

3.21 The guard is then marched back to the forming up point.

Detailed Procedure at a Memorial

3.22 The detailed procedure at a memorial or cenotaph will depend on many factors, especially the size and location of the memorial and the duration for which the catafalque party is to be mounted. However, as far as possible, the detailed procedure should be followed. Figure 1 shows the normal positions of a catafalque party at a memorial. However the position of the guard commander and the reserve will be determined by a thorough reconnaissance.

Notes:

1. Sentries

2. Guard Commander

3. Reserve

4. The layout of the Cenotaphs varies at each location/town, so it is important that a full reconnaissance and rehearsal is carried out prior to the ANZAC Day Service.

138 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 139: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS SECTION 1 ANZAC DAY PROCEDURES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Cenotaph Layout

Fig 1

VIP Party

Catafalque

139 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 140: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 1 – Shoulder and Order Arms A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 The aim of this lesson is to teach:

a. The Shoulder Arms; and

b. The Order Arms.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoors or indoors instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Normal working dress; and

b. In service rifle, magazines fitted and without bolts.

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Preliminaries

1.6 Squad Formation. Arrange the squad in a Hollow Square, the centre and rear ranks at the incline.

140 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 141: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Introduction

1.7 Explain. All rifle drill is first taught by numbers and then by calling and judging the time with the regulation pause of ‘left-right’ between movements.

1.8 The word of command for movements judging the time will be as for numbers, although “Arms!” becomes the executive, e.g. “Shoulder Arms... One!” becomes “Shoulder...Arms!”

1.9 Good rifle drill is a combination of:

a. Sharp decisive handling of the rifle;

b. No fidgeting between movements;

c. Keeping the arms and elbows close to the body throughout; and

d. Control of the body.

1.10 When the rifle is described as being vertical, it is the barrel not the butt, which is vertical.

THE SHOULDER ARMS

1.11 Demonstrate the Shoulder Arms. Explain, by numbers

141 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 142: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Shoulder

Arms... One” The rifle is raised by the right hand slightly forward and in front of the right shoulder, at the same time the left hand is to be brought across the body striking and seizing the fore-end with an all-round grip just below the front sling swivel. The squad calls out “One”

a. Moving the right shoulder backwards. b. Moving the butt too far forward. c. Right elbow not kept close to the body.

142 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 143: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 2 “Squad Two” The right hand is transferred from the barrel to the small

of the butt with an all round grip, the index finger pointing straight to the ground, the back of the hand to the right. During this movement the rifle is to be vertical. The squad calls out “Two”

a. Index finger not straight pointing to the ground. b. Rifle not vertical.

3 “Squad Three” The left hand is cut away by the shortest route to the left side of the body, closing the hand on the way. At the same time the right hand (holding the rifle) is pulled back so that the thumb is touching the leg behind the seam of the trousers. The squad calls out “Three”

a. Not keeping the left elbow close to the body when pulling it to the side.

b. Pulling the rifle butt back too far or not far enough.

143 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 144: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

THE ORDER ARMS

1.12 Demonstrate the Order Arms. Explain, by numbers Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 2 “Squad Two” The rifle is released with the right hand and the rifle is

lowered with the left hand until the toe of the butt is just above the ground and behind the toe of the right foot, butt against the right side of the shoe. As the rifle reaches this position, it is seized with the right hand as for the position of the order; right elbow is kept to the side. The rifle is vertical. The squad calls out “Two”

a. Not controlling the rifle with the left hand. b. Not keeping the shoulders square to the front. c. Allowing the butt to touch the ground.

144 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 145: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 “Squad Three” The rifle is lowered to the position of the order, at the same time the left arm is cut away to the side of the body by the shortest route. The left elbow remains close to the body. The squad calls out “Three”

a. Exaggerating the movement of the left hand. b. Not keeping the left elbow into the side. c. Banging the butt onto the ground.

145 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 146: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 1 SHOULDER AND ORDER ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Summary

1.13 Practice the squad in combining the three movements, calling and judging the time. Carry out fault checks.

146 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 147: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – Present Arms and Shoulder Arms From the Present A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 To teach:

a. The Present Arms from the Shoulder; and

b. The Shoulder Arms from the Present Arms.

Timings

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoors or indoors instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Normal working dress; and

b. In service rifle, magazines fitted and without bolts.

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Have the squad in the Hollow Box, rifle at the shoulder.

147 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 148: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Revise the following:

a. Shoulder and Order Arms.

PRESENT ARMS

1.7 Explain. The Present Arms is a compliment paid with the rifle whilst on ceremonial duties or parades and guard duty. The command will always be given from the shoulder and vice-versa except when carrying out funeral, cenotaph or catafalque drills.

1.8 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Present Arms’ from the Shoulder. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Present

Arms... One” Force the rifle to a central position in front of the body with the barrel vertical and the rifle approx 5 cm from the body, the right arm fully extended. Simultaneously, the left hand seizes the fore-end just above the magazine housing with the fingers wrapped around it, the thumb extended up alongside the fore-end. Left elbow tight in to the body. The squad calls out “One”

a. Left forearm not parallel to the ground. b. Left thumb not vertical. c. Fingers of the left hand not together. d. Rifle not vertical. e. Left hand too high on the fore-end. f. Rifle not in front of the centre of the body.

148 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 149: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “Squad... Two” The grip of the right hand is changed from around the small of the butt by straightening the right arm; the thumb is on the left and fingers together and extended down the right side of the small of the butt. At the same time, raise the right foot and drive it down so that the instep is behind and touching the inside left heel, remaining at the same angle as for the position of attention. The squad calls out “Two”

a. Not keeping control of the rifle with the right hand. b. Weight of the body going back on the right foot. c. Increasing the angle of the right foot when driven in

behind the left foot. d. Fingers of the right hand not together.

149 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 150: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT ARMS

1.9 Demonstrate the complete movement ‘Shoulder Arms’ from the Present. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1 “By Numbers Shoulder Arms... One”

The rifle is forced into a vertical position in front of and touching the right shoulder. At the same time the right hand changes grip and seizes the small of the butt, (the same grip as when the rifle is in the shoulder). The squad calls out “One”

a. Moving the right shoulder back.

150 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 151: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “Squad... Two” The left arm is cut away to the left side of the body; the right foot is raised and driven in beside the left; at the same time the rifle is pulled back so the thumb touches the seam of the trousers to resume the position of attention. The squad calls out “Two”

151 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 152: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 2 PRESENT ARMS AND SHOULDER ARMS FROM THE PRESENT _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

Summary

1.10 Practice the squad in combining the three movements, calling and judging the time. Carry out fault checks.

152 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 153: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 3 REST ON ARMS REVERSE FROM THE PRESENT ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – Rest On Arms Reserve from the Present Arms A: Instructor Notes

Aim

1.1 The aim of this lesson is to teach:

a. The Rest on Arms Reverse from the Present Arms.

Duration

1.2 One 40-minute period

Method

1.3 A basic outdoors or indoors instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

1.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Normal working dress; and

b. In service rifle, magazines fitted and without bolts.

Preparation

1.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Before commencing the lesson, form the squad in a hollow square.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

1.6 Present Arms.

153 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 154: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 3 REST ON ARMS REVERSE FROM THE PRESENT ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Introduction

1.7 Explain. All rifle drill is first taught by numbers and then by calling and judging the time with the regulation pause of ‘left-right’ between movements.

1.8 The start position for the lesson is the rifle is in the ‘Present Arms’. Demonstrate the complete movement.

1.9 Teaching by numbers; demonstrate and explain that on the commands: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “By Numbers Rest on Arms -

Reverse…One” Taking an all-round grip with the right hand on the small of the butt, carry the muzzle forward and downwards to the left foot, at the same time grasp the heel of the butt with the left hand, fingers curled around and together, back of the hand facing to the front. Simultaneously bring the right foot in line with the left as for the position of attention. The squad calls out “One”

a. Looking down. b. Magazine not towards the body.

154 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 155: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 3 REST ON ARMS REVERSE FROM THE PRESENT ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 2 “Squad…Two” Keeping the right elbow close to the side place the right

hand on the butt plate, back of the hand uppermost, fingers extended down the side of the butt. The squad calls out “Two”

a. Right elbow not being kept close to the body.

3 “Squad…Three” Keeping the left elbow close to the body place the left hand on top of the right, at the same time lower the chin so the eyes are looking at a point on the ground approximately 2 metres to the front. The squad calls out “Three”

a. Head leaning to the right or left. b. Elbows not tucked into the body

155 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 156: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 3 REST ON ARMS REVERSE FROM THE PRESENT ARMS _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

Summary

1.10 Practice the squad in combining the three movements, calling and judging the time. Carry out fault checks.

156 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 157: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 4 PRESENT ARMS FROM REST ON ARMS REVERSE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 4 – Present arms from Rest on Arms Reverse A: Instructor Notes

Aim

0.1 To teach:

a. The Present Arms from the Rest on Arms Reverse.

Duration

0.2 One 40-minute period

Method

0.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

0.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Normal working dress; and

b. In service rifle, magazines fitted and without bolts.

Preparation

0.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Before commencing the lesson, form the squad in a hollow square.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

0.6 Rest on Arms Reverse.

157 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 158: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 4 PRESENT ARMS FROM REST ON ARMS REVERSE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Introduction

0.7 Explain. Before commencing the first movement of the Present the command “SHUN” is given. On this command the head and eyes are raised to the attention position. This command is a crash command, i.e. there is no Introduction or Cautionary command given.

0.8 Demonstrate the complete movement.

0.9 Teaching by numbers; demonstrate and explain that on the commands: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad…Shun” The head and eyes are raised smartly.

158 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 159: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 4 PRESENT ARMS FROM REST ON ARMS REVERSE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 2 “By Numbers Present-

Arms…One” Raise the rifle with the right hand. At the same time the left hand grasps the fore-end with the back of the hand facing the body at the full extent of the left arm. The squad calls out “One”

a. Rifle not in the centre of the body. b. Rifle not high enough. c. Rifle not perpendicular.

3 “Squad…Two” Grasp the rifle at the small of the butt with the right hand, back of the hand facing the body. The squad calls out “Two”

a. Right foot and arm is not moving in unison.

159 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 160: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 4 PRESENT ARMS FROM REST ON ARMS REVERSE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4 “Squad…Three” Turn the rifle over lowering the butt towards the body to the position of the present, simultaneously raise the right foot and drive it down so that the instep is behind and touching the inside of the left heel to attain a 30o angle of the feet. The squad calls out “Three”

a. Rifle not in the centre of the body.

160 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 161: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 3 CEREMONIAL OCCASIONS LESSON 4 PRESENT ARMS FROM REST ON ARMS REVERSE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

0.10 Practice the squad in combining the three movements, calling and judging the time. Carry out fault checks.

Summary

0.11 Practice the squad in ‘Present Arms from the Lower on Arms Reverse’

161 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 162: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 1 GENERAL RULES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 4 – Cane Drill LESSON 1 – General Rules

A: Instructor Notes

Introduction

4.1 Where appointment dictates, Cadet Corps Warrant Officers may carry a Drill Cane when parading with the unit or in the course of their duty. The length of a drill cane is 70 cm – 80 cm.

General Rule

4.2 The position of the carry indicates you are in command where the position of the shoulder indicates you are the subordinate.

4.3 When marching a distance of less than 15 paces, the Drill Cane may be left at the shoulder. For distances of 15 or more paces, the Drill Cane is carried at the trail.

4.4 A distance of 15 paces is equivalent to the distance between markers in close column.

4.5 When marching a distance of less than 7 paces, the Drill Cane may be left at the carry. For distances greater than 7 or more paces, the Drill Cane is carried at the trail.

4.6 The three positions when using a Drill Cane are as follows:

a. The Carry: Cane under the left armpit;

The Carry

b. The Shoulder: Cane carried perpendicular in the left shoulder; and

162 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 163: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 1 GENERAL RULES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Shoulder

c. The Trail: Cane carried in the right hand at arms length.

The Trail

4.7 For the purpose of this chapter all reference is made to the Drill Cane.

163 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 164: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 2 POSITIONS OF ATTENTION AND STAND AT EASE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – Position of Attention and Stand At Ease A: Instructor Notes

Aim

4.1 To teach:

a. The position of attention and stand at ease when carrying the Drill Cane.

Timings

4.2 One 20-minute period

Method

4.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

4.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Working dress with drill cane

Preparation

4.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Preliminaries

4.6 Form the squad up, in a straight line, standing properly at ease.

Introduction

4.7 Explain. The first lesson in cane drill is to learn the positions of Attention and the Stand at Ease so that when using a cane it can be carried in a smart, uniform manner.

4.8 Instructor. Order the squad to “Stand Easy!” and watch your demonstration.

THE POSITIONS OF ATTENTION AND STAND AT EASE

4.9 Demonstrate Standing at Attention and the At Ease.

- Attention

4.10 Demonstrate the position of attention. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad Shun” The cane is held vertically in

164 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 165: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 2 POSITIONS OF ATTENTION AND STAND AT EASE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

the right hand, close to the body, The first joint of the forefinger of the right hand is positioned under the head of the cane and pointing towards the thigh. The thumb is down and to the front, the remaining three fingers grasping the cane, The ferrule and foot of the cane is in front of the right shoulder, and The remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

4.11 Confirm by practise. Fault Check.

- Stand at Ease

4.12 Demonstrate the position of ease. Ensure to show the movement from the rear also. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad Stand at Ease” The back of the right hand is in

the palm of the left hand. The cane is held in the right hand as for the position of attention, the cane itself being between the crook of the right arm and the body, and The remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

165 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 166: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 2 POSITIONS OF ATTENTION AND STAND AT EASE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

4.13 Confirm by practise. Fault Check. Note: the cane is in the shoulder position.

Final Demonstration

4.14 Instructor. Give a final demonstration of both movements then practice the squad.

Conclusion

4.15 End of drill lesson:

166 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 167: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 2 POSITIONS OF ATTENTION AND STAND AT EASE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

a. Question from the squad on the lesson, and further practice to confirm; and

b. Summary, to include a look forward to Marching.

167 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 168: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 3 MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – Marching and Halting with the Cane A: Instructor Notes

Aim

4.1 To teach:

a. Marching and Halting when carrying a Drill Cane

Timings

4.2 One 20-minute period

Method

4.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

4.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Working dress with drill cane

Preparation

4.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. The squad is to be standing properly at ease, in a straight line.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

4.6 Revise standing at Attention and at Ease.

Introduction

4.7 Explain. The next stage in cane drill is to learn to march and halt correctly, in a smart, uniform manner.

4.8 Instructor. Order the squad to “Stand Easy!” and watch your demonstration.

MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE

4.9 Demonstrate marching and halting with the cane.

- Marching

4.10 Demonstrate the first part of the Quick March. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1. “Quick March – One” Shoot the left foot forward. At

the same time grasp the Ensure: The cane remains vertical in

168 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 169: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 3 MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults middle of the cane with the left and right hands, holding the cane upright, into the shoulder.

the right side of the body, the left hand above and touching the right; Fingers are closed and both hands form a fist; and The remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

2. “Squad...Two”

On receiving the command take a check pace with the right foot, then step forward with the left. As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, straighten the right arm so that the cane goes to the horizontal on the right side of the body. Simultaneously, the left arm is cut to the left side of the body

The cane is now in the position of the trail, held horizontal and close to the right side of the body; The left arm resumes the position of attention, and The remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

169 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 170: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 3 MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 3. “

Squad... Three”

On receiving the command take a further check pace with the right foot, then step forward with the left. As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, the left arm is fully to the rear, the right arm forward.

The cane remains horizontal and is held between the thumb and the first two fingers of the right hand, The cane remains straight and horizontal when swinging the arm front and rear, and The remainder of the body is held erect and square to the front.

4.11 Confirm by practice.

Final Demonstration

4.12 Instructor. Give a final demonstration of these movements then practice the squad. Should the squad be dressed at less than an arms interval and moved to a flank, the cane will be kept at the position of attention (at the ‘Shoulder’) and both arms will be swung. (see Fig 24 - 05)

- Halting

4.13 Demonstrate the Halt.

4.14 Demonstrate the first part of the movement. Explain. On the command: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1. “Halt One” Shoot the left foot forward. As

the left heel strikes the ground, halt as previously taught, keeping the cane at the trail

Ensure: Fingers are closed and both hands form a fist, and

170 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 171: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 3 MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2. “Squad Two” Observe the regulation pause then, with a flick of the right arm, throw the cane to its vertical position of attention. Simultaneously, bring the left hand across the body, forearm horizontal, to seize the centre of the cane, back of the hand to the front. The right hand grips the knob of the cane in the position of attention.

The remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

Return the left arm to the side of the body by the shortest route and pull the cane back with the right hand to resume the correct position of attention.

The joint of the first finger of the right hand is underneath the head of the cane, pointing towards the thigh, The thumb is down and to the front, the remaining three fingers grasping the cane, The ferrule of the cane is in front of the right shoulder, and the remainder of the body is erect and square to the front.

171 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 172: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 3 MARCHING AND HALTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4.15 Confirm by practice.

Final Demonstration

4.16 Instructor. Give a final demonstration of all movements then practice the squad.

Conclusion

4.17 End of lesson drill:

a. Question from the squad on the lesson, and further practice to confirm.

b. Summary, to include a look forward to Saluting.

172 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 173: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 4 – Saluting with the Cane A: Instructor Notes

Aim

5.1 To teach:

a. Saluting at the Halt and on the March with the Drill Cane

Timings

5.2 One 20-minute period

Method

5.3 A basic outdoor or indoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

5.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Working dress with drill cane

Preparation

5.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent. Before commencing actual lesson, ensure the squad is left in line in close order.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

5.6 Halting with the cane. Form the squad in a straight line, standing at ease.

Introduction

5.7 Explain. Saluting is the same as described in the basic drill chapter, except with the added movements to enable individuals to transfer the cane to and from the carry.

SALUTING

- At the Halt

5.8 Demonstrate the complete Salute at the Halt. Explain. Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Salute to the front...

Salute!” With the right hand, force the cane under the left armpit, ferrule to the rear, cane horizontal.

173 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 174: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

2 “Squad Two” Observe a regulation pause

and cut the right hand to the side.

3 “Squad Three” A further pause and salute.

174 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 175: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

5.9 As soon as the salute is complete, pause, Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Squad Steady” Reach across the body with

the right hand, seize the cane by the head, and thumb facing forward.

2 “Squad Two” Judge a further and final pause, then return the cane to the position of attention (shoulder).

5.10 Confirm by practice.

- To the Front and Flanks whilst Marching

5.11 Demonstrate the complete Salute to the Front and Flank on the March. Explain.

175 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 176: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “Salute to the Right/ Left...

Salute” As the left foot strikes the ground, place the cane under the left arm (carry)

2 “Squad Two” Take a check pace with the right foot and as the left foot strikes the ground again, cut the right hand to the side.

3 “Squad Three” Take a further check pace then, as the left foot strikes the ground, salute.

176 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 177: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

4 “Squad Four” Hold the salute for six paces, cutting the arm to the side.

5 “Squad Five” Take a check pace and seize the cane in the centre with the right hand.

177 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 178: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

6 “Squad Six” Another check pace before cutting the right hand and cane to the right side.

7 “Squad Seven” Take a final check pace and swing the arms.

178 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 179: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

5.12 Confirm by practice. Explain. Saluting to the front is the same as to the flanks except the head and eyes remain to the front. Also, all movements are carried out as the left foot strikes the ground.

- About Turn

5.13 On some occasions it may be necessary for a Drill Sergeant to execute an about turn, on the move. Demonstrate the complete About Turn. Explain. On the command “About Turn - One”: Ser Command Coaching Common Faults 1 “About Turn … One” On the first movement of the

first pivot, bring the cane to a perpendicular position in front of the right shoulder, upper part of the right arm close to the side, forearm horizontal and in line with the waist belt,

“Squad Two” On the first pace after completing the turn, return the cane to the trail as the right foot strikes the ground. Swing the cane when the left foot strikes the ground.

REPORTING TO AN OFFICER

5.14 Demonstrate the complete Reporting to an Officer, Salute. Explain. On the command “Salute to the front...Salute!” Ser Command Coaching Common Faults

1 “Salute to the front... Salute!” Halt.

179 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 180: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 4 CANE DRILL LESSON 4 SALUTING WITH THE CANE _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 “Squad Two” Place the cane under the left arm (carry).

3 “Squad Three” Cut the right arm to the side.

4 “Squad Four” Salute.

5 “Squad Five” Salute again.

6 “Squad Six” Turn about.

7 “Squad Seven” Step off; as soon as the first left foot pace strikes the ground seize the cane with the right hand.

8 “Squad Eight” Take a check pace and cut the cane to the right side.

9 “Squad Nine” Take a further check pace then, as the third left foot pace strikes the ground, swing the arms.

5.15 Confirm by practice. Practice the squad in all movements, getting them to salute fixed and moving points. Continually fault check.

Conclusion

5.16 End of lesson drill.

a. Question from the squad on the lesson and further practice to confirm.

180 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 181: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 5 – Unit Drill LESSON 1 – SCC Divisional Drill with and without DPTAs

A: Instructors Notes

Aim

5.1 To teach:

a. Divisional Drill with and without DPTAs

Timings

5.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

5.3 A basic outdoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

5.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

b. Working dress with and without DPTAs

Preparation

5.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

5.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in:

a. Squad…Ho and Stand at Ease; and

b. The Quick March and Halt with the DPTA.

Introduction

5.7 Explain. This is taught as a means of getting a squad, or a number of squads, on parade. The lesson introduces the squad to the basic movements of the Unit Parade for inspections. The basis of the movement is teamwork.

5.8 The following abbreviations are used throughout the format below and are:

a. PC - Parade Commander;

b. GC - Guard Commander;

181 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 182: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. I/C - In Charge;

d. OOD - Officer Of the Day;

e. RO - Reviewing Officer;

f. PS - Parade Staff;

g. POSCS - Petty Officer Seaman Combat Specialist;

h. LSCS - Leading Seaman Combat Specialist; and

i. Harbinger - Individual who announces “Reviewing Officer Approaching Sir”.

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action

POSCS Guard/Platoons and Platoon Commanders brief.

LSCS Divisions fall in on parade perimeter. Dressed and stood at ease.

O/C PC Divisions Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Divisions Right Dress Can be half arm if a large parade.

O/C PC Divisions Eyes Front

O/C PC Divisions Stand At Ease

O/C PC Markers Markers march out, halt and stand at ease.

O/C PC Markers Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Markers Tell Off By Platoons Markers sound off in numerical order.

O/C PC Markers Stand At Ease

O/C PC Markers Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Divisions Fall In

O/C Divisions halt, march out and fall In on their respective markers, pick up a dressing and stand at ease.

O/C PC Divisions Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Divisions Right Dress Can be half arm if a large parade.

O/C PC Divisions Eyes Front

O/C PC Divisions Open Order March Can be one pace if a large parade?

O/C PC Divisions Right Dress

O/C PC Divisions Eyes Front

O/C PC Divisions Stand at Ease

0740 PC Carry On Divisional Inspection

Respective Divisional Officers march out to inspect their divisions.

182 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 183: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action

O/C Platoon Commanders

… Platoon Attention

Pronounced as “HO”

O/C Platoon Commanders report their respective platoons to the DO.

O/C Inspection is conducted.

O/C Platoon Commanders … Platoon Stand At Ease

O/C Platoon Commanders … Platoon Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C Platoon Commanders

March to the Parade Commander and salute. Report “Reporting ... Platoon Inspected And Correct Sir”.

O/C PC Very Good, Stand Your Platoon At Ease

O/C Platoon Commanders Aye, Aye Sir

Salute: left or right turn, march back to respective platoons and stand them at ease.

This procedure is conducted for all platoons. If a platoon is not inspected by a Divisional Officer the Platoon Commander reports the platoon to the Parade Commander as “Proven and Correct”.

0755 PC Divisions…. Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC March On The Guard

O/C GC Aye, Aye Sir

O/C Guard marches to a central position on the parade ground.

O/A GC Guard Halt

O/C GC Guard Into-line Left Turn Guard Commander turns to face the Guard.

O/C GC Guard Open Order March

O/C GC Guard Without Intervals Right Dress

O/C Guide Conduct a ceremonial dressing.

O/C Guide Guard Eyes Front Guard Commander about turns.

O/C GC Guard Order Arms

O/C PC Parade Stand At Ease

0759 Prep Observer 1 Minute To Colours Sir/Ma’am

O/C I/C Colour Party Colour Party Attention Pronounced as “Ho” Colour Party comes to Attn

O/C PC Divisions…. Parade Attention Parade comes to Attn

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms

0800 Prep Observer 8 O’clock Sir/Ma’am

183 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 184: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action

O/C OOD Make It So

O/C Bell Ringer Aye, Aye Sir/Ma’am Strikes eight bells.

O/C OOD Pipe The Still The still is sounded.

O/C GC Guard General Salute Present Arms

Parade Staff, Platoon Commanders, OOD and members of the Colour Party salute on the last part of the weapon movement drill.

O/C NZWE is hoisted to the mast head

O/C Prep Observer Ceremony Completed Sir/Ma’am

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms All salutes are cut away on the last part of the drill.

O/C OOD Pipe The Carry On The carry on is sounded.

O/C The OOD and BM turn right and march off.

O/C GC Guard Order Arms

O/C PC Parade Stand At Ease

0805 Harbinger Reviewing Officer Approaching Sir

O/C PC Divisions….Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms

O/C RO Mounts the dais.

O/C GC Guard General Salute Present Arms

Parade Staff and Platoon Commanders salute on the last part of the weapon movement drill.

O/C RO Acknowledges the salute

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms Parade Staff and Platoon Commanders cut the salute on the last part of the drill.

O/C GC Reports “Guard Commander Reporting Your Guard Ready For Your Inspection Sir/Ma’am”.

O/C Guard is inspected.

O/C PC Stand-fast Guard and One Platoon Remainder Stand At Ease

O/C GC Guard Close Order March

O/C GC Guard Half Arm Intervals By The Right Dress

O/C GC Guard Move To The Right In Files Right Turn

O/C GC Guard By The Left Quick March

Guard marches to a position between flags one and two.

184 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 185: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action

O/A GC Guard Halt

O/C GC Guard Into-line Left Turn

O/C GC Guard Half Arm Intervals By The Right Dress

O/C GC Guard Order Arms

O/C GC Guard Stand At Ease

The Reviewing Officers inspection is similar to the Divisional Officers Inspection. O/C of each platoons inspection Platoon Commanders reform their respective platoons. (i.e. close order

march, by the right dress and stand at ease).

O/C PC Divisions….Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Divisions Off Caps Guard and female personnel stand fast.

O/C PC Parade Stand At Ease

O/C PC Divisions Stand Easy

O/C PS Coordinates the removal of headgear for the Parade Commander and Parade Staff.

O/C Padre Conducts prayers.

O/C PS Coordinates the replacing of headgear for the Parade Commander and Parade Staff.

O/C PC Divisions…Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C PC Divisions On Caps

O/C PC Parade Stand At Ease

O/C PC Divisions Stand Easy

O/C Divisions square caps away then stand at ease.

O/C PC Divisions. …Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms

O/C PC Reports to Reviewing Officer “Permission To March The Parade Past Sir/Ma’am”.

O/C Returns to his position ensuring he never turns his back to the Reviewing Officer

O/C PC

Parade Will Form For The March Past. Alpha Company Move To The Right in threes, Right, Turn.

Divisions react accordingly.

O/C PC Parade Will March Past In Column At 7 Paces Distance…Guard Leading

O/C Guard and Platoons step off to a 2 x 3 beat roll and complete the march past.

185 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 186: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action

O/C

Platoon Commanders will march platoons to Bravo Company and halt their respective platoons and remain facing west. Guard will march into drill shed and about turn, march on to Alpha Company central position on the parade ground.

O/C PC Parade Into-line Left Turn

O/C PC Parade Right Dress

O/C PC Parade Eyes Front

O/C GC Guard Order Arms

O/C PC Parade Stand at Ease

O/C PC Divisions Stand Easy

At this stage the Reviewing Officer may wish to address the parade. O/C brings the parade to attention in preparation for the advance.

O/C PC Divisions….Parade Attention Pronounced as “HO”

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms

O/C PC

Parade Will Advance In Review Order…By The Centre

O/C Parade steps off to a 2 x 3 beat roll.

O/C

Guard conducts a general salute. Parade Commander, Platoon Commanders and Parade Staff salute on the last part of the weapon movement drill.

O/C Reviewing Officer acknowledges the salute and O/C of the carry on sounded

O/C GC Guard Shoulder Arms

Guard shoulders arms, Platoon Commanders, Parade Commander and Parade Staff cut salute away on the last part of the drill.

O/C PC Turns to face the Reviewing Officer, salutes and reports “Your Parade Completed Sir/Ma’am”.

O/C RO Departs the review ground.

O/C PC March Off The Guard

O/C GC Aye, Aye Sir

O/C GC Guard Move To The Left In Threes Left Turn

O/C Guard steps off to 2x3 beat rolls and marches back to the drill shed.

O/C PC Turns to face the Officers and Warrant

186 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 187: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 1 SCC DIVISION DRILL WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

UNIT DIVISIONS – PARADE ORDERS WITH GUARD

Time By Whom Order Action Officers and salutes, and then orders “Carry On The Officers And Warrant Officers”.

O/C Officers and Warrant Officers turn to face PC, senior officer salutes, Officers and Warrant Officers march off.

O/C PC Turns to face the Coxswains and Instructors, then orders “Carry On The Coxswains And Instructors”.

O/C Coxswains and Instructors turn to face the PC salute and march off.

O/C POSCS Can dismiss the parade or continue with instruction and de-briefing.

Summary

5.9 Instructor. Practise the group getting on parade, calling and judging the time, check common faults of individuals moving during the pauses. If using several groups, the senior instructor should form the groups 15 paces apart, and give the commands whilst group instructors correct faults in their own group.

5.10 The commands are as follows:

a. ‘Right - Marker!’;

b. ‘Get On...Parade!’;

c. ‘Right Dress!’ (From the at ease position); or

d. ‘In Open Order...Right...Dress!’ (From the at ease position).

Instructor Notes:

1. The instructor should explain in the closing stages of the lesson that when a number of groups “Get on parade’, the movement is similar to the unit or company parade.

2. Impress on the group that although only one order is given, they must work together with a regulation pause between movements.

187 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 188: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – NZCC Company Parade with and without DPTAs A: Instructors Notes

Aim

5.1 To teach:

a. Getting on parade with and without DPTA

Timings

5.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

5.3 A basic outdoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

5.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Working dress with and without DPTAs

Preparation

5.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Revision

5.6 Instructor. Revise the squad in:

a. Squad…Shun and Stand at Ease; and

b. The Quick March and Halt with DPTA.

Introduction

5.7 Explain. This movement is taught as a means of getting a squad, or a number of squads, on parade. The lesson introduces the squad to the basic movements of the Unit Parade for morning inspections. The basis of the movement is teamwork.

GETTING ON PARADE WITHOUT DPTAS

- Right

5.8 Instructor. The group is to be positioned on the side of the parade ground in threes, in close order, standing easy, opposite the place where instruction is to occur. Ensure you are in a position 30 paces in front of the centre rank guide. Explain and

188 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 189: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Demonstrate, using the group, that on the command “Right!” the whole group will brace up to assume the position of ‘At Ease’.

- Marker

5.9 Explain. On the command “Marker!” the right guide (or left hand person of the leading three) will come to attention, march out fifteen paces, halting on the fifteenth pace, turn left and stand at ease.

5.10 Confirm by practice. Swap the guide around and get the entire group to call the time.

- Get on Parade

5.11 Explain. On the command “Get On...Parade!” the marker and group come to attention. The group march out fifteen paces; halting on the fifteenth, turn left and, along with the marker, stand at ease.

5.12 Instructor. Ensure the group observe the regulation pause between all movements. This helps the group to work together.

5.13 Confirm by practice. Detailing and completing the movements separately until the group is able to combine all movements. The group is to call the time.

- Right Dress

5.14 Explain. Whenever a group is halted in line, they are dressed, either in close or open order. After receiving the command “Get on...Parade!” the command for dressing will be given from the ‘At Ease’ position.

5.15 Confirm by practice. Include the open and close order dressing. Ensure to give the ‘Right dress’ immediately after the group is on parade.

GETTING ON PARADE WITH DPTAS

5.16 Explain. This is the same as getting on parade without DPTAs except that the squad will come up to Attention before stepping off and then stand at ease.

5.17 Confirm by practicing the group in getting on parade with DPTAs.

Summary

5.18 Instructor. Practise the group getting on parade, calling and judging the time, check common faults of individuals moving during the pauses. If using several groups, the senior instructor should form the groups 15 paces apart, and give the commands whilst group instructors correct faults in their own group.

5.19 The commands are as follows:

a. ‘Right - Marker!’

b. ‘Get On...Parade!’

189 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 190: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. ‘Right Dress!’ (From the at ease position); or

d. ‘In Open Order...Right...Dress!’ (From the at ease position).

Instructor Notes:

1. The instructor should explain in the closing stages of the lesson that when a number of groups “Get on parade’, the movement is similar to the unit or company parade.

2. Impress on the group that although only one order is given, they must work together with a regulation pause between movements.

NZCC COMPANY PARADE FORMAT

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks 1 Preparation 1. The platoon sergeants march

their respective platoons onto the parade ground.

2. The platoon sergeants ensure the correct spacing between platoons.

3. The CSM is positioned off the parade ground, covered off the first file of the company, cane in the carry.

4. The CSM ensures that the platoons are covered off.

“Pl Sgts, CQMS to me”

CSM The CSM covers the following points: a. Parade state from each Pl

Sgt; b. Aspects that he/she will be

focussing on (e.g. personal drill, positions of fingers on DPTA, etc);

c. Conduct of inspection, i.e. Fall in the Officers or Call the Roll;

d. How the company is to march off; and

e. Confirm understanding by asking for questions.

“Back to your places – Move”

CSM The CSM ensures that the Pl Sgts have time in which to brief their respective platoons.

2 March On 1. CSM marches out. 2. Drill cane transferred from the

carry to the trail on the march out.

3. Wheeling on the centre guide No1 Pl and marches out 31 paces.

4. Halt in line with the marker of No1 Pl.

5. At the halt, cane is transferred from the trail to the carry.

6. Turns about to address the

190 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 191: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks unit.

“Last minute check of your dress, ensure…”

CSM Motivation speech.

“Right” CSM The unit standing at ease. Brace up and gain height.

3 Get on Parade “On the command marker, markers come to attention, march out 15 paces, halting on the 15th, turn left and stand at ease”

CSM

“Markers” CSM The CSM calls the cadence for at least the first five paces.

“On the command get on parade, unit come to attention, march out 15 paces, halting on the 15th, turn left and stand at ease. Markers are to come to attention and stand at ease with your respective Pls.

CSM

“Get on Parade” CSM The CSM calls the cadence for at least the first five paces.

4 Dressing “On the command, In open order – fall in, only the markers will move. Markers come to attention, take 3 x 40cm paces forward, markers of 2 and 3 Pls cover off marker No1 Pl”

CSM

“In Open Order – Fall In”

CSM

“On the command In Open Order – Right Dress, parade come to attention, Front rank take 3 x 40cm paces

CSM

191 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 192: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks forward, Centre rank stand fast, Rear rank take 3 x 40cm paces to the rear. Observe the pause of left-right and flick your head over the right shoulder. Pl Sgts come to attention take 3 x 40cm paces forward, turn right, march out 13 paces wheeling on the 10th halting on the 13thand turn right. No2 & 3 Pl Sgts cover off No1 Pl Sgt.

“In Open Order – Right Dress”

CSM On completion of the movement the CSM: 1. Marches forward transferring

the cane from the carry to the trail.

2. Wheeling at the right hand guide centre rank No2 Pl.

3. March along the line of the markers.

4. Once opposite the marker No1 Pl, march out 5 paces in line with the markers and halt.

5. Transfer the cane from the trail to the carry.

6. Turns about and dresses the right flank of the company.

After which he or she will give the command “Right Flank Steady”

“Right Flank Steady”

CSM Pl Sgts. As soon as this command is given, the Pl Sgts will dress the front rank of their Pls. Once dressed, the Pl Sgts by precedence will give the commands: a. “No1, Front Rank Steady” b. “No2, Front Rank Steady” c. “No3 Pl, Front Rank Steady” Pl Sgts will turn left take 2 x 75cm paces and 1 x 40cm pace, halt and turn right and carry out the same procedure for the centre and rear ranks. After dressing the rear rank they will all turn to the right and march forward 5 paces

192 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 193: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks (swinging the arms), halt in line with the front rank and turn left and face the front rank. They will wait for the CSM to give the command “Eyes Front”. CSM. The CSM dresses the files straight through front to rear by taking 2 x 30cm side paces per each file. The CSM is to be conscious of drill cane position when marching back to the marker, i.e. over seven paces go back to the trail, less than seven paces stay in the carry. The term ‘Carry On’ can be used if the alignment of the body of troops does not conform to the dressing of a particular flank or file. CUCDR. The Cadet Unit Commander on hearing the CSM give “Right Flank Steady” will march the unit officer(s) to their positions as shown in the diagram below. CUCDR – 15 paces out from and facing the centre rank of the second Pl. Pl Comd(s) – Seven paces in rear of the CUCDR. Once Pl Sgts are back in position the CSM is to give the command “Eyes Front”.

“On the command Eyes Front, Pl Sgts turn right march back 13 paces wheeling on the 3rd halting on the 13th and turn right”

CSM

“Company, Eyes Front”

CSM The Pl Sgts will work together; the CSM will supervise.

5 Handover to the CUCDR

When the Pl Sgts are in position, the CSM will: 1. March to the CUCDR,

wheeling on the right hand guide of No2 Pl cane at the trail.

2. Halt three paces in front of the CUCDR.

3. Salute.

193 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 194: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks 4. Report the unit ready for

inspection. 5. Salute. 6. Turn about and march to a

position three paces to the right of the centre rank of the second Pl. Drill cane can either be transferred from the carry to either trail or shoulder whilst marching into position.

7. Halt. 8. Transfer cane to the shoulder

if required. 9. Turn right.

“Company, Stand at Ease”

CUCDR Normal drill.

5.20 The CUCDR, having received the company from the CSM may either:

a. Hand the company back to the CSM for drill or other duties; or

b. Post the officers and order them to inspect their platoons or inspect the whole or part of the parade him/herself. In the latter case the CUCDR is to be accompanied by the CSM.

5.21 The diagram below indicates the position of the company before the company Sergeant Major’s command “Eyes Front” and the officer’s in position for “Fall In” or “Call the Roll”.

194 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 195: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Prior to “Fall In the Officers”

Note: All numbers below represent the number of paces.

6

5

15

7

195 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 196: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

CALL THE ROLL

5.22 Below details the actions when the Cadet Unit Commander requires the platoon commander to inspect the platoons, however if the officer(s) have fallen in, and the Cadet Unit Commander wishes to inspect the whole or part of the unit him/herself could order for example; “I will inspect the Company, 1 Platoon stand fast, 2 Platoon Call the Roll” the platoon commanders will carry out the same drills as a platoon sergeant would have when inspecting.

5.23 During the inspection, as the inspecting officer reaches the rear rank, the next platoon in the sequence of inspection is to be called to attention. Ser Activity Command Given Remarks

Inspection “Call the Roll”: CUCDR Platoon Sergeants: 1. Come to attention, 2. Turn about and 3. Call their own platoons to attention; 4. They will turn left and 5. March five paces to the right flank

opposite the right guide; 6. Halt, 7. Salute the Pl Comd and report the

strength state of the platoon. The platoon state will be given by reporting, total strength, absentees followed by the number on parade, e.g. ‘strength 30, one in hospital, one on leave, 28 on parade, Sir.”

Platoon Commanders: 1. Come to attention 2. March directly to a position three

paces from and three paces in front of the right guide of their platoon.

3. Return the salute of the – Pl Sgt, 4. Receive strength state and 5. Inspect platoon

On completion of the inspection

Platoon Sergeants: 1. Pl Sgt position themselves facing

Inspection Officer looking down rear rank, 3 paces out from right hand guide rear rank.

2. Salute the Pl Comd 3. turn right and march around to the

front of the Pl and halt 3 paces out from the 5th file turn left and face the platoon,

4. Return the platoons to close order, taking three 40cm paces forward in time with the platoon; they will not dress the platoon from the flank.

5. “Eyes Front” 6. Reiterate Inspection Officers point. 7. Stand the platoon at ease, 8. Turn about and stand at ease

themselves. Platoon Commander; 1. Pl Comd position themselves facing

196 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 197: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks the inspection officer looking down rear rank three paces out from right hand guide rear rank.

2. Salute the unit commander 3. turn right and march around to the

front of the platoon and halt three paces out from the fifth file turn left and face the platoon,

4. Return the platoons to close order, taking three 40cm paces forward in time with the platoon; they will not dress the platoon from the flank.

5. “Eyes Front” 6. Reiterate the inspecting officer’s

points. 7. Stand the platoon at ease. 8. Turn about and stand at ease

themselves.

5.24 If the Company Commander or Second-in-Command is to inspect a platoon, the Company Commander will nominate the platoons before giving “Call the Roll.” On this occasion the Platoon Sergeant after handing over to the Platoon Commander, will take up a position three paces in rear of the platoon and covering off the fifth file. The Platoon Commander will give the commands if rifles are to be inspected.

FALLING IN THE OFFICERS

5.25 When officers are to parade with troops as opposed to “Call the Roll”, the company commander should fall in the officers, after having received reports from the company sergeant major. While waiting to fall in, the officers stand at ease seven paces behind the company commander.

5.26 The officers are posted by the company commander, who gives the command “Fall In – The Officers”.

197 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 198: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks Inspection “Fall In - The

Officers.” CUCDR Platoon Sergeants:

1. Come to attention, 2. Turn right to face their Pl Comds

approaching them, 3. Salute and 4. Report their platoon (a parade state

is not required if the drill ‘Call the Roll’ has been completed, in lieu ‘Morning Sir’).

5. Salute 6. Turn about 7. March by the outer flank to their

position halting and turning to face the rear. Once all the Platoon Sergeants are in position, the following commands will be given by the CUCDR:

Platoon Commanders: 1. Come to attention 2. March to a position three paces

from their platoon sergeants. 3. Acknowledge Pl Sgt’s salute, 4. Receive strength state 5. Salute again 6. As Pl Sgt turns about, step off with

him marching three paces forward into the position vacated by the Platoon Sergeant, remain facing the flank until Pl Sgt has halted and

7. Turn left to face the rear in time with the Pl Sgt and await the OCs next command.

“Officers and Supernumeraries will advance, About Turn.”

The platoon commanders and platoon sergeants will turn about together.

“About Turn.” “Officers and

Supernumeraries, stand at ease.”

Pl Comd’s and platoon sergeants will stand at ease. Officers are to be aware that supernumeraries carrying weapons are to stand at ease on the second part of the weapon drill movement.

198 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 199: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fall In the Officers

Note: All numbers below represent the number of paces.

3 3

3

15

199 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 200: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

5.27 Diagram indicates position of officers and supernumeraries after the company commander has given “Fall In the Officers”

FALLING OUT OF THE OFFICERS

5.28 When the parade is finished, or at any other time the company commander may fall out the officers. When the company commander gives the command “Fall Out the Officers” Ser Activity Command Given Remarks

Falling out the Officer’s

“Fall Out the Officers”

CUCDR Platoon Sergeants: 1. Come to attention, 2. Turn left and 3. March by the outer flank to their

positions in front of their platoons. 4. Left turn and 5. Stand at ease. Company Sergeant Major: 1. Comes to attention, 2. Turns right and awaits further

instructions from the OC. The Platoon Commanders: 1. Come to attention 2. March up to the CUCDR, 3. Halt on the report line (3 paces in

front of CUCDR) in line with the 2IC. 2IC on the left followed by Platoon Commander 1 and 2.

4. Salute on the command of the 2IC 5. Then step off and march 10 paces

forward, halting seven paces in rear of CUCDR,

6. Turn about and 7. Stand at ease. When marching to take up their position in rear of the CUCDR the 2IC and the number one Pl Comd will pass on the CUCDR’s right, the remainder will pass on the left.

200 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 201: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

THE MARCH OFF

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks March Off CUCDR Before handing the parade back to the

CSM the CUCDR will address the unit, for example – inspection points, future events, etc

“CSM your Parade” CUCDR Officers not on parade; CSM 1. Comes to attention, 2. Transfer drill cane to the carry

(from the shoulder) 3. Right turn. Officers on Parade; Command ‘Fall Out the Officers’ CSM 1. Comes to attention, 2. Transfer drill cane to the carry

(from the shoulder) 3. Right turn and 4. Await further instructions from the

officer commanding.

“Sir”

CSM

“Sir” is always given before the salute.

CSM marches out and takes up a position where the CUCDR was. 1. Step off with CUCDR 2. Drill cane to trail 3. Halt 4. Drill cane to carry 5. Turn about

“Parade, Parade Shun”

CSM reiterates CUCDR’s points “The Parade will

march off …….” CSM Always give:

Direction Formation, then Order of March e.g. Company will march off in the Advance, in column of threes, from the right, No1 Pl leading, followed by No 2.

“Parade Move to the Right in Column of Threes - Right Turn

CSM Orders will change in respect to your march of instructions. Pl Sgts, give their commands as for the march off as detailed by the CSM, then step their respective Platoons off. CSM 1. Stepping off. 2. Calls cadence for at least 5 paces

and 3. Coaches the Platoons as they

march off. 4. Maintain control to the assemble

area. 5. Drill cane is transferred from the

carry to trail Assembly Area “Parade – Halt” CSM Company Sergeant Major:

201 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 202: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks 1. Marches to a position centre to the 2. Parade. 3. Halts 4. Transfer drill cane to carry prior to

advancing parade Parade will advance

into line Left/Right turn

CSM Pl sergeants will assume their respective positions: 1. Pl Sgt covering off three paces in

front of 5th file of their Pl CSM 1. Reiterate Inspecting Officer points.

2. Give overall performance of the company.

Platoon Sergeants, Dismiss your Platoons

CSM

202 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 203: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC COMPANY PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

KEY TO DIAGRAMS

Cadet Unit Commander …………….………………………… Cadet Unit 2IC ………………………….……………………… Cadet Unit Adjutant ……………….…………………………… Platoon Commander(s) ………………..……………………… Company Sergeant Major ……………………………………. Platoon Sergeants ……………………………………………..

203 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 204: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 3 NZCC PLATOON PARADE ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – NZCC Platoon Parade A - Instructors Notes

Aim

5.1 To teach:

a. Platoon Drill with and without DPTAs.

Timings

5.2 Two 40 minute periods.

Method

5.3 A basic outdoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

5.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Dress SDAR with or without DPTAs

Preparation

5.5 Select an area on the parade square, any area of hard standing or indoor equivalent.

B - Conduct of the Lesson

Introduction

5.6 The Platoon Parade can be used as an alternate for the Company Parade where Cadet Unit numbers and location necessitates a different format being used for their first and last parades for the night.

5.7 Taught as an essential preliminary to company drill. It is the first occasion on which a specific sub-unit is drilled together and is, therefore, of particular importance in building up the identity of the platoon. It is equally essential that newly Commissioned NZCF Officers, SNCOs, JNCO and potential instructors have a sound practical knowledge of platoon drill.

Forming Up

5.8 Form the platoon up in three ranks, each section forming one rank. Section Commanders are to be on the right of the section, section 2IC on the left. The Platoon Commander is to be three paces in front of and covering off the fifth file, the Platoon Sergeant one pace to the right of the guide in the centre rank.

5.9 The following is the key to the diagram below:

204 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 205: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 3 NZCC PLATOON PARADE ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Marker

Platoon Commander

Platoon Sergeant

Advance

The Left The Right

The Retire

Orders and Movement

5.10 All basic movements are as laid down in previous lessons, the word ‘Platoon’ being used in place of ‘Squad’.

205 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 206: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 3 NZCC PLATOON PARADE ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

NZCC PLATOON PARADE FORMAT

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks

1 Preparation 1. The Platoon forms up on the parade ground in three ranks standing easy.

2 “Right” Pl Sgt 1. Pl braces up. 3 “Platoon Shun” Pl Sgt 1. Pl comes to attention.

4 “In Open Order – Right Dress” Pl Sgt

1. The front rank takes three 40cm paces forward, and the Pl Sgt takes three 40cm paces to the rear,

2. Centre rank stands fast, 3. Rear rank takes three 40cm paces to the rear, 4. After a pause of ‘left-right’ the Pl flicks their heads

to the right. At the same time the Pl Sgt turns left, marches out 13 paces wheeling on the 10th halting on the 13th and turns right facing the front rank.

5. The Pl Sgt will dress the front rank of the Pl. Once dressed, the Pl Sgt will give the command, “Front Rank Steady”.

6. The Pl Sgt will turn left take two 75cm paces and one 40cm pace, halt and turn right and carry out the same procedure for the centre and rear ranks. “Centre Rank Steady”, After dressing the rear rank and giving the command “Rear Ranks Steady” he/she will turn to the right and march forward 5 paces (swinging the arms), halt in line with the front rank and turn left

7. The Pl Sgt will then give the command “Eyes Front” after a pause of ‘left-right turn right and marches out 13 paces wheeling on the 3rd halting on the 13th and turns left to face the Platoon.

The Pl Sgt then gives the order “Platoon Stand at Ease” then about turns and stands at ease.

5 “Platoon Shun” Pl Sgt

Pl Comd. On hearing the Pl Sgt stand the Platoon at ease marches out and halts three paces in front of the Pl Sgt. When the Pl Sgt sees the Pl Comd approaching, the Pl Sgt will come to attention about turn and bring the Platoon to the position of attention.

6 Handover to

the Pl Commander

The Pl Sgt then about turns and salutes the Pl Comd and reports the unit parade state and Pl ready for inspection. The parade state will be given by reporting, total strength, absentees followed by the number on parade, e.g. ‘strength 30, one in hospital, one on leave, 28 on parade, Sir/Ma’am.” The Pl Sgt turns right and marches to the flank and covers off 1 pace out from the centre rank guide and about turns.

7 “Platoon, Stand at Ease”

Pl Comd

Normal drill.

8 Inspection “I will inspect the Pl 1. Pl Sgt comes to attention,

206 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 207: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 3 NZCC PLATOON PARADE ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given By Remarks

Platoon, “Platoon – Shun”

Comd 2. Pl Sgt marches forward and halts beside the marker and awaits the Pl Comd.

3. Pl Sgt escorts Pl Comd.

9 On

Completion of the Inspection

“Platoon Stand at Ease”

Pl Comd 9. Once the Pl Comd has inspected the platoon

he/she will return to the original position out in front and faces the platoon.

10. The Pl Comd will then stand the Platoon at ease. 11. The Pl Comd will then pass on any points noted

during the inspection. 12. The Pl Sgt will return to the original position prior

to the Pl Comd announcing that he/she will inspect the Platoon.

10 Fall Out “Platoon Shun” Pl Comd

9. Once the Pl Comd has passed on his or her points he or she will bring the Pl to the position of attention.

10. The Pl Comd will then give the command ‘Pl Sgt your parade’.

11 “Pl Sgt Your Parade”

Pl Comd

5. The Pl Sgt comes to attention and marches back to the front of the Pl and halt 3 paces out from the 5th file turn right and face the Pl Comd.

6. The Pl Sgt salutes

12 “Sir”/”Ma’am” Pl Sgt

1. “Sir”/’Ma’am” is always given before the salute. 2. The Pl Comd returns the salute turns right and

marches off the parade ground.

13 “In Close Order”

“Right Dress”

“Eyes Front” Pl Sgt

Pl Sgt about turns and positions the Platoon in Close Order. 1. The front rank takes three 40cm paces to the rear, and the Pl Sgt takes three 40cm paces forward. 2. Centre rank stands fast, 3. Rear rank takes three 40cm paces forward, 4. After a pause of ‘left-right’ the Pl flicks their heads to the right.

14 “Platoon Stand tat Ease” Pl Sgt Normal Drill

Pl Sgt reiterates the Pl Comd points.

15 “Platoon – Shun” Pl Sgt

Normal Drill

16 “To Your Duties – Fall Out” Pl Sgt Platoon turns right and marches away 3 paces and

doubles off the Parade Ground.

207 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 208: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 4 ATC PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 4 – ATC Parade With and Without DPTAs A: Instructors Notes

Aim

5.1 To teach:

a. ATC parade with and without DPTAs

Timings

5.2 Two 40-minute periods

Method

5.3 A basic outdoor instructional lesson using the IDEERC sequence.

Dress and Equipment

5.4 The dress and equipment is as follows:

a. Working dress with or without DPTAs

Preparation

5.5 Select an area on the parade square or any area of hard standing, or indoor equivalent.

B: Conduct of the Lesson

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks

1 Preparation The Sqn is to assemble at the Pde ground 5 minutes before the time laid down for the Pde. The Sqn is to form up in line with No1 Flt on the left. Flt rolls are to be conducted by the F/S’s as soon as the flights are formed up. The SWO is to informally attain the Flt strengths from the F/S’s.

2 Marching On The SWO is to establish where he/she wants the marker of No1 Flt to be standing once the Sqn is marched on. The SWO will position him/herself approx 3 paces from this mark and turn to face the Sqn waiting to be marched on. On the command “Squadron, Markers”

“Squadron Markers”

SWO The Sqn marker from each flight is to come to attention, march and report to the SWO. Markers are to form up so that No1 Flight Marker is three paces in front of the SWO with the remaining markers in order of flights on the right of No1 Flt Marker.

208 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 209: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 4 ATC PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks The SWO is to remain facing the squadron. The SWO is then to give the orders

“Markers – Atten-Tion”

SWO Markers come to attention.

“Without Intervals Left-Dress”

SWO Markers dress off by the left.

“Eyes-Front” SWO Markers flick their head to the front.

“Number” SWO Markers call out the number of their flight.

“Outwards Turn” SWO No1 Flt Marker is to turn left and the remainder turn to their right.

The SWO is now to detail the number of paces each marker is to march to achieve Close Column Distance. He/she is then to give the command – “Into Close Column Distance, Quick March”

“Into Close Column Distance,

Quick March”

SWO No1 Flt will “Stand Fast”. No2 Flt will march 11 paces. No3 Flt will march 21 paces. When No 3 Flt Marker is in position, working together, and in time with the rear marker, markers are to turn about and cover off No1 Flt Marker. The SWO is to cover off the markers front to rear and then give the command “Stand At Ease”

“Stand At Ease” SWO The SWO is now to position him/herself six paces forward and to the side of No1 Flt Marker. He/she is to give the command “March On”

“March On” SWO Flights acting under the orders of their F/S’s are to march onto their markers, halt, advance and stand at ease. The SWO now gives the following commands.

“Squadron Atten-Tion”

SWO

“Right Dress” SWO The Sqn dress by the right. F/S’s are to turn about and supervise the dressing.

“Eyes Front” SWO

“Stand At Ease” SWO Meanwhile, the Squadron Adjutant, at the same time as the flights march onto their markers, marches the officers onto the parade ground to a position not less than 10 paces in front of the squadron. He/she gives the officers the commands.

“Halt, Left/Right Turn”

ADJ

“Without Intervals Right Dress”

ADJ

“Eyes-Front” ADJ

209 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 210: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 4 ATC PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks

“Stand At Ease” ADJ The officers are to be formed up in the following order from right – left, No1 Flight Commander and supernumeraries, No2 Flight Commander and supernumeraries and so on for the number of flights in the squadron. The SWO takes up a position 6 paces in front of the centre of the squadron and gives the command: Squadron Atten-Tion.

“Squadron Atten-Tion”

SWO Meanwhile, the SQN ADJ is to position him/herself 2 paces to the rear of the SWO. The SWO is to about turn, salute, report the parade state of the squadron, salute again, turn right and march by the shortest route to take up a position 2 paces in the rear and covering the right file of the leading flight. As soon as the SWO is in position, the SNQ ADJ is to give the commands

“Squadron, Stand At – Ease”

ADJ

“Squadron, Atten-Tion”

“Fall In The Officers”

Officers come to attention, turn right and march to their posts by the outer flanks of the flights. FLT COMD and F/S’s salute once. F/S’s left and wheel into position to halt facing the rear in the centre of the flight two paces in the rear of the rear rank. When the F/S of the rear flight has gained his/her new position, supernumerary officers and the F/S’s, taking their time off the rear flight Sgt are to about turn together. The SQN CDR is to position him/herself two paces behind the ADJ. The ADJ turns about, salutes, hands over the parade to the SQN CDR and gives the parade state, salutes again turns right and marches to his/her position two paces in front of No1 Flt Marker, halts and turns about. The SQN CDR is to place him/herself in a position which he/she can supervise and exercise control over the squadron. His/her normal position is, however, six paces in the front centre of the squadron.

3 The Inspection

If the SQN CDR wishes to prepare the squadron for inspection he/she is to give the following commands.

“Squadron, In Open Order – Right Dress”

SQN CDR

“Eyes Front” SQN CDR

The SQN CDR will then detail his/her intentions for the inspection, which might be for example: “I will inspect No1, 2 and 3 Flights, No’s 2 and 3 Flight Commanders stand your flights at ease” The SQN CDR’s intentions are acknowledged by

210 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 211: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 4 ATC PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks salutes from the flight commanders. Each FLT CDR is to face his/her flight, stand them at ease, and then call them to attention on the approach of the SQN CDR. The FLT CDR will then march to the right flank, salute and report parade state and flight ready for inspection. Note: The inspecting party is to consist of the SQN CDR, accompanied one pace on his/her right front by the FLT CDR of the flight being inspected. Following the SQN CDR is the SWO with the SQN ADJ on his/her right. After the inspection of each flight, the FLT CDR will stand his/her flight at ease. At the completion of the inspection the SQN CDR will give the commands:

“Squadron Atten-Tion”

SQN CDR

“In close Order, Right-Dress”

SQN CDR

“Eyes Front” SQN CDR

Alternatively the SQN CDR may order the FLT CDR’S to inspect their own flights, thus:

“Flight Commanders

Inspect Your Own Flights”

SQN CDR

“Carry On” The FLT CDR’s will salute, take two paces forward and about turn and prepare their flights for inspection as in flight drill. The will carry out the inspection of their flights accompanied by their F/S. When the inspection has been completed, FLT CDR’s will place the flight into close order as in flight drill.

4 Dismissing a Squadron

The SQN CDR is to give the following commands:

“Squadron Stand At-Ease”

SQN CDR

“Fall Out The Officers”

SQN CDR

The SQN ADJ is to march out and position him/herself one pace right rear of the SQN CDR. The officers of each flight are to turn left and march out in quick time and halt in a semi-circle facing the SQN CDR at a distance of three paces from him/her with No1 FLT CDR first with his/her supernumeraries on his/her left and so on. No1 FLT CDR is to take one pace forward when all officers are in position, then all officers take their time from him/her and salute together. After the compliment has been returned by the SQN CDR, No1 FLT CDR is to take one pace to the rear, order the officers to turn right and lead them off the parade ground and dismiss them. The SQN CDR is then to call for the SWO who reports

211 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 212: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 5 UNIT DRILL LESSON 4 ATC PARADE WITH AND WITHOUT DPTAs ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ser Activity Command Given Remarks to the SQN CDR and salutes. The SQN CDR then gives the orders for the dismissal of the squadron. The SWO salutes and takes up a position in the front centre of the squadron. The F/S’s in the meantime, acting on the order ‘Fall Out the Officers’, turn left and march around the left flank of their flights, halt facing the right flank, turn left and stand at ease carrying out all movements in unison. The SWO now gives the command:

“Squadron Atten-Tion”

SWO

“Flight Sergeants Carry On”

SWO

Summary

5.6 Instructor. Practise the group getting on parade, calling and judging the time, check common faults of individuals moving during the pauses. If using several groups, the senior instructor should form the groups 15 paces apart, and give the commands whilst group instructors correct faults in their own group.

Notes:

1. The instructor should explain in the closing stages of the lesson that when a number of groups “Get on parade’, the movement is similar to the unit or company parade.

2. Impress on the group that although only one order is given, they must work together with a regulation pause between movements.

212 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 213: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 6 – Colour, Flag and Standard Drill LESSON 1 – Parading the SCC Colour

Occasions for Parading the SCC Colour

6.1 The Sea Cadet Corps Colour is to be paraded on the following occasions only and requires the prior permission of the AC CFTSU:

a. By a Guard of Honour mounted for Her Majesty the Queen or for a member of the Royal Family;

b. On the anniversary of Her Majesty's Birthday; and

c. On such important occasions as may from time to time be authorised by the AC CFTSU on application from Cadet Unit Commanders.

6.2 The Colour, when carried uncased, is to be received with the highest respect.

Composition of Colour Party and Escort

6.3 When the Colour is paraded a Colour Party and a Guard of Honour (or Escort Company) are required. These are to consist of.

a. Colour Party:

(1) A SLT or LT should carry the Colour, but if an NZCF Officer is not available, a MCDT may do so with the concurrence of their AC CFTSU;

(2) In the event of an NZCF Officer carrying the Colour the remainder of the Colour Party should consist of one MCDT and two POCDTs each carrying DPTA’s, refer to chapter 13.

(3) When the Colour is carried by a MCDT the remainder of the Colour Party should comprise one POCDT and two Leading Cadets all carrying DPTA’s refer to Chapter 13.

(4) If POCDTs or Cadets Leading Rate cannot be provided in (2) and (3) above selected Cadets Able Rates may take their place.

b. Guard of Honour (or Escort Company):

(1) The Guard is NOT to be less than 10 Cadets strong excluding Colour Party.

Definitions

6.4 The various positions used in carrying the Colour are defined as:

a. Order. The Colour Staff will be held with the right hand at that part where the lowest corner of the Colour reaches. The Staff will be perpendicular with the bottom resting on the ground in line with and against the right toe, the elbow

213 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 214: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

close to the body. The Colour will not be stretched down the Staff but will be allowed to hang naturally;

The Order

b. Stand at Ease. Colour remains perpendicular, the left hand remains at the side and the left foot is carried out;

214 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 215: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Stand at Ease

c. Carry. Raise the Colour to a perpendicular position in front of the body, guiding the base of the Staff into the socket of the belt with the left hand. The right hand will be in the centre of and in line with the mouth, with the back of the hand to the front and the elbow close to the body;

215 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 216: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Carry The Carry

First Movement Second Movement

d. Slope. Raise the Colour just clear of the socket, and then lower the Colour sharply on to the right shoulder. The angle of the slope should be the same as the slope of the rifle, the elbow close to the side. The Colour should hang over and drape the right shoulder and arm. The staff should not show between hand and shoulder;

216 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 217: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Slope The Slope

(Front View) (Side View)

e. Let Fly. Release the Colour with the right hand and seize the Staff immediately;

f. Catch the Colour. Seize the Colour with the right hand and resume the position of Carry;

g. Care must be taken to look straight to the front when dipping the Colour and not follow it with the eyes;

h. If the ground is muddy the Colour is held in the hand to prevent it becoming soiled; and

i. Should the wind be blowing from the right of the Guard the Colour is spread on the ground on the left of the Staff.

Rules to be Observed

6.5 On all Ceremonial Parades the following rules as to the carrying of the Colour are to be observed:

a. When at the Halt, the Colour will never be sloped. It will be at the `Carry' or the `Order' according to whether arms are at the Slope or Order, but during an Inspection when arms are at the Order, the Colour will be at the `Carry'; and

217 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 218: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 1 PARADING THE SCC COLOUR ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

b. When on the March the Colour will always be carried at the `Slope', except when on the Review Ground when it will be at the `Carry'.

6.6 The Salute by dipping the Colour is reserved for Her Majesty the Queen, members of the Royal Family, Foreign Sovereigns, Presidents of Republican States and members of Foreign Reigning Royal Families. Other Reviewing Officers are saluted by `letting fly' the Colour.

218 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 219: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 2 – NZCC Flag Drill 6.1 The Flag is dedicated, but not consecrated and does not rank as a Colour or Guidon. It will not, therefore, be 'trooped' in the ceremonial sense.

6.2 The Flag is to be treated with 'due ceremony'. Within the NZCF this means:

a. It is to be given the respect accorded to a Colour except that:

(1) It is not to be received on Parade with a `Present Arms', but only a `Shoulder Arms'.

(2) It is not to be saluted by persons or formed bodies passing it.

(3) When the Flag passes persons or formed bodies they are to stand to attention.

(4) When on parade with the exception of Church parades, it is to be escorted.

6.3 The rules in paragraph 2 apply only to members of the NZCF. Others, (e.g. members of the RF or NRF) will only recognise it to the extent of paying it due respect by standing to attention when it comes on parade. This they will do even if only members of an audience, or as spectators at a parade on which the Flag is carried.

Flag Drill

6.4 The movements of Flag drill are to be carried out at 40 movements to the minute. When there are only two movements with the Flag and three with the rifle, the Flag is to be moved with the first and third movements of the rifle.

6.5 The Flag belt is only worn over the left shoulder.

Flag Party

6.6 The Flag is to be carried by a Cadet, normally of Cadet U/O rank, and the remainder of the Flag Party should consist of one Cadet W/O and two CDT SSGT, or, one CDT SSGT and two CDTSGTs. The two escorts may carry DPTAs refer to chapter 14.

Definitions

6.7 'Order'. The Flag pike will be held with the right hand outstretched down the pike. The pike will be perpendicular, the bottom of the pike resting on the ground in line with, and against, the right toe, the elbow close to the body.

219 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 220: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Order

6.8 The Flag will be allowed to hang naturally.

6.9 'Stand at Ease'. The movements will be normal except that the left hand will remain at the side and the Flag will be kept vertical at the right side (A Flag party should not Stand Easy).

220 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 221: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

At Ease

6.10 The Carry from the Order:

a. First Movement. Raise the Flag sharply to a vertical position in front of the body, keeping the right forearm along the pike for control. At the same time bring the left hand to the base of the pike, and guide it into the socket of the Flag belt, keeping the left elbow into the body (1).

221 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 222: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Carry - First Movement

b. Second Movement. Cut the left hand smartly to the side, at the same time raise the right forearm to a horizontal position (2).

222 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 223: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Carry - Second Movement

Notes:

1. Pike to be vertical.

2. Centre of the right hand opposite the mouth, back of the hand to the front. Wrist and forearm are kept at right angles to the pike.

6.11 The Order from the Carry:

a. 1st Movement - Raise the Flag until the pike is clear of the socket of the Flag belt, controlling the base of the pike with the left hand and dropping the right forearm on to the pike as in the first movement of the carry.

b. 2nd Movement - Lower the Flag to the position of the order catching the pike with the left hand, left forearm being horizontal.

223 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 224: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. 3rd Movement - Cut the left hand to the side.

6.12 The Slope from the Carry – on the order “Quick March”

a. First Movement. Lower the right forearm along the pike and raise the Flag just clear of the socket of the Flag belt controlling the base of the pike with the left hand (3).

b. Second Movement. Lower the Flag sharply on to the right shoulder and, at the same time cut the left hand to the side. The angle of the Flag pike should be approximately 45 degrees, right elbow into the right side and the forearm horizontal. The Flag should hang over and cover the right shoulder and arm and fall across the pike as far down as the right hand (3).

Note:

1. Each movement is carried out on successive paces of the left foot.

6.13 The Carry from the Slope – on the order “Halt”:

a. First Movement. Raise the Flag sharply to the vertical position in front of the body, keeping the right forearm along the pike for control. At the same time bring the left hand to the base of the pike and guide it into the socket of the Flag belt, keeping the left elbow into the body.

b. Second Movement. Cut the left hand smartly to the side at the same time raise the forearm to the horizontal position.

6.14 To let the Flag Fly – When at the Carry only:

a. Release the Flag with the right hand and seize the pike again immediately by sliding the right hand down then back up the pike.

6.15 To Catch the Flag:

a. With the left hand grasp the pike directly under the right hand, back of the hand to the front, and the left forearm along the pike. At the same time drop the right forearm along the pike. Release the right hand and grasp the Flag. Return the right hand to the pike as in the first movement of the Carry. Cut the left arm to the side and at the same time raise the right forearm to the second position of the Carry (6).

Notes:

1. If the Flag is flying to the left remove the left hand and catch the Flag as detailed above;

2. If the wind is very strong and the Flag cannot be caught then the Flag Bearer is to lower the Flag to the Order when at the halt, catch the Flag, and resume the Carry position; and

224 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 225: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3. These movements are to be carried out in successive beats of the left foot, on the march.

Compliments with the Flag

6.16 The salute by dipping the Flag is reserved for Her Majesty the Queen, members of the Royal Family, Foreign Sovereigns, Presidents of Republican states and members of Foreign Reigning Royal Families. Other Reviewing Officers are saluted by 'letting fly' the standard.

6.17 On the caution 'Royal Salute' the Flag is to be let ‘fly’ as follows:

a. 1st Movement. Raise the Flag just clear of the socket of the belt at the same time dropping the right forearm onto the pike; and

b. 2nd Movement. Lower the Flag.

Notes:

1. Carry the Flag well to the right and lower it with a sweeping motion to a position in front of and in line with, the right toe, the head of the pike just clear of the ground, the Flag being spread on the ground and to the right of the pike;

2. The pike should be held under the right armpit, the back of the hand towards the ground, and the right elbow close to the body;

3. Care must be taken to look straight to the front when lowering the Standard and not to follow it with the eyes; and

4. The Flag is not to be lowered onto muddy ground. If the ground is muddy or wet the pike is to be held horizontally in front of the right shoulder, Flag clear of the ground.

6.18 'Carry' - from 'Lowering the Flag'. Raise the Flag to the position of the Carry.

Note:

1. The Flag should be raised with the right hand and pressure of the pike under the armpit. The left hand may be used to guide the pike into the socket. Care must be taken that the body is not moved to assist raising the Flag.

Position of Flag during an Inspection

6.19 During an inspection, when the cadets are at the Order, the Flag will be at the Carry but the movements of the escort will conform with those of other cadets on parade.

6.20 Compliments on the March. The Flag is to remain flying and the Flag Bearer and Escort are to continue to look to their front.

6.21 Marching the Flag on and off Parade:

225 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 226: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 2 NZCC FLAG DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

a. The Flag and Escort are to be formed at a convenient place, just off the Parade Ground. The Parade will be brought to the `Shoulder' and the Parade Commander is to order `March on the Flag'. The Flag and Escort are then to marched on parade and halted in its posted position under the Command of the Flag Bearer;

b. Marching off Parade - The Parade Commander will order the parade to `Shoulder Arms', followed by the Command `March off the Flag'; and

c. When the Flag and Escort is clear of the Parade Ground, the cadets may be dismissed.

6.22 Cadet Unit Commanders are to consult their Area Advisors reference the NZ P6A should more detailed Flag Ceremonial Drills be required.

226 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 227: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

LESSON 3 – ATC Standard Drill 6.1 The Standard is dedicated, but not consecrated, and does not rank as a Colour or Guidon. It will not, therefore, be 'trooped' in the ceremonial sense.

6.2 The Standard is to be treated with 'due ceremony'. Within the New Zealand Cadet Forces this means:

a. It is to be given the respect accorded to a Colour except that:

b. It is not to be received on Parade with a `Present Arms', but only a `Shoulder Arms'.

c. It is not to be saluted by persons or formed bodies passing it.

d. When the Standard passes persons or formed bodies they are to stand to attention; and

e. When on parade, with the exception of Church parades, it is to be escorted.

6.3 The rules in paragraph 2 apply only to members of the NZCF. Others, (e.g., members of the RF or NRF) will only recognise it to the extent of paying it due respect by standing to attention when it comes on parade. This they will do even if only members of an audience, or as spectators at a parade at which the Standard is carried.

Standard Drill

6.4 The movements of Standard drill are to be performed in the same time as arms drill.

6.5 The Standard belt is only worn over the left shoulder.

Standard Party

6.6 The Standard is to be carried by a cadet, normally of CDT U/O rank and the remainder of the Standard Party should consist of one CDT W/O and two CDT F/Ss, or, one CDT F/S and two CDT Sgts. The two escorts may carry DPTA’s, refer to Chapter 13.

Definitions

6.7 'Order'. The Standard pike will be held with the right hand outstretched down the pike. The pike will be perpendicular, the bottom of the pike resting on the ground in line with and against the right toe with the elbow close to the body.

227 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 228: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Order

6.8 The Standard will be allowed to hang naturally.

6.9 'Stand at Ease' and 'Stand Easy'. The movements will be normal except that the left hand will remain at the side and the Standard will be held perpendicular to the right side.

228 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 229: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Stand at Ease and Easy

6.10 'Carry' - from the 'Order'. Raise the Standard to a perpendicular position in front of the body guiding the base of the pike into the socket of the Standard belt with the left hand and keeping the right forearm on the pike for control. Cut the left hand smartly to the side and at the same time raise the right forearm to a horizontal position. The right hand will be opposite the centre of the mouth, back of the hand to the front, wrist and forearm horizontal, ie, at right angles to the pike which will be held in the perpendicular position.

229 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 230: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Carry First Movement The Carry Last Movement

6.11 'Order' - from the 'Carry'.

a. 1st Motion - Raise the Standard just clear of the socket of the Standard belt controlling the base of the pike with the left hand and dropping the right forearm on to the pike;

b. 2nd Motion - Lower the Standard to the position of the order, catching the pike with the left hand; and

c. 3rd Motion - Cut the left hand to the side. Compliments with the Standard.

6.12 The salute by dipping the standard is reserved for Her Majesty the Queen, members of the Royal Family, Foreign Sovereigns, Presidents of Republican states and members of Foreign Reigning Royal Families. Other Reviewing Officers are saluted by 'letting fly' the standard.

6.13 On the caution 'Royal Salute'.

a. 1st Motion - Raise the Standard just clear of the socket of the belt.

b. 2nd Motion - Lower the pike.

230 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 231: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

The Dip

Notes:

1. Carry the Standard well to the right and lower it with a sweeping motion to a position in front of and in line with, the right toe, the head of the pike just clear of the ground, the Standard being spread on the ground and to the right of the pike.

2. The pike should be held under the right armpit, the back of the hand towards the ground and the right elbow close to the body.

3. Care must be taken to look straight to the front when lowering the Standard and not to follow it with the eyes.

4. The Standard is not to be lowered on to muddy ground.

231 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 232: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 6 COLOUR, FLAG AND STANDARD DRILL LESSON 3 ATC STANDARD DRILL ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

6.14 'Carry' - from 'Lowering the Standard'. Raise the Standard to the position of the Carry.

Note:

1. The Standard should be raised with the right hand and pressure of the pike under the armpit. The left hand may be used to guide the pike into the socket. Care must be taken that the body is not moved to assist raising the Standard.

6.15 Position of Standard during an Inspection. During an inspection, when the Cadets are at the Order, the Standard will be at the Carry but the movements of the escort will conform with those of other cadets on parade

6.16 Compliments on the March. The Standard is to remain flying and the Standard Bearer and Escort are to continue to look to their front.

6.17 Marching the Standard on and off Parade.

6.18 The Standard and Escort are to be formed at a convenient place, just off the Parade Ground. The Parade will be brought to the `Shoulder' and the Parade Commander is to order `March on the Standard'. The Standard and Escort are then to be marched on parade and halted in its posted position under the Command of the Standard Bearer.

Marching off Parade

6.19 The Parade Commander will order the parade to `Shoulder Arms', followed by the Command `March off the Standard'.

6.20 When the Standard and Escort are clear of the Parade Ground, the cadets may be dismissed.

232 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 233: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 7 INSPECTIONS LESSON 1 NOTES FOR THE INSPECTING OFFICER ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHAPTER 7 - Inspections LESSON 1 – Notes for the Inspecting Officer

General

7.1 Cadets may be inspected by their superiors as part of a daily routine, during formal parades, or before a period of instruction. The purpose of such inspections is to determine whether or not:

a. The cadets are present and correctly turned out;

b. Clothing, DPTAs, and equipment are serviceable and clean;

c. The cadets are alert and healthy; and

d. Drill is being executed to the highest standards.

7.2 Inspecting Officers must present a good example of dress and bearing. Movement around the inspection line is to be carried out in a military manner. For routine inspections, the Platoon Sergeant / Platoon Commander should lead the inspecting officer on the inspection.

History of Inspections

7.3 It was Henry V who devised inspections as the soundest way of ensuring that, when called, his Army would arrive at the appointed place as something better than a rabble. Bodies of men were mustered, or what is now called paraded, without being inspected. The person responsible for summoning the men and getting them on parade was the Muster Master General.

7.4 Each of the captains who provided and led the soldiers had indentured to provide a stipulated number of men-at-arms and archers; together with their horses, equipment, and arms for an agreed period. The next stage after the indenture was the muster.

7.5 In 1413, or thereabouts, Henry V appointed a Commissary of Muster, who was responsible to see that the men were suitable and complete with all that they should need to carry out their task. The reason for the two separate appointments of Muster Master General and Commissary of Muster was because the only means of intercommunication over long distances was by horseback, coupled with the fact that the people were probably extremely conservative in both outlook and customs. Without dispatching officers to see how the barons in any part of the realm were behaving as regards to keeping their followers ready for war, it would have been impossible for the king to know what sort of support he was likely to get from an area when an emergency arose. In addition to seeing what was happening, the Commissary of Muster had to ensure that there was as much similarity as possible in the equipment and training of the fighting men throughout the realm.

233 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 234: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 7 INSPECTIONS LESSON 1 NOTES FOR THE INSPECTING OFFICER ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Procedure for Inspection

7.6 The inspection is always carried out with the ranks in open order and at attention. This allows the inspecting officer and his/her party easy access to carry out the inspection with the minimum interference from others. Cadets are to be in open order before the inspecting officer arrives.

7.7 The format of the inspection is as follows:

a. Commence from the right hand guide and continue along the front rank to the last person;

b. Inspect the rear of the front rank; and

c. Repeat the procedure for the centre and rear ranks.

7.8 Before commencing the inspection, look at the Cadets and check the following:

a. Are they standing correctly to attention?

b. Is their dressing and alignment correct?

7.9 The inspecting officer should pause at each Cadet (about two paces away) and note good and bad points, informing the Cadet about his/her turnout. Where possible any faults should be corrected on the spot.

7.10 When required to make a correction to dress or equipment a Cadet is to block the right foot behind the left, make the correction, and then return to the position of attention.

Sequence of a Detailed Inspection

7.11 A sequence of detailed inspection should be followed to ensure that no points are overlooked. A recommended sequence is as follows:

a. Head:

(1) Headdress is worn correctly, clean and brushed.

(2) Hat Badge/Cap Tally is clean and correctly positioned.

(3) Hair is the correct length and tidy.

(4) Sideburns and moustache are the correct length:

(5) Face is clean-shaven.

(6) Regulation keepers are in the ears (females only).

(7) No jewellery is visible.

b. Jacket / Skirt / Jersey:

(1) Collar is clean.

234 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 235: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 7 INSPECTIONS LESSON 1 NOTES FOR THE INSPECTING OFFICER ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

(2) Tie is correctly tied.

(3) Jersey / Shirt / Jacket - well fitted, clean, and pressed.

(4) No bulky items in pockets.

(5) Corps titles and badges of rank are properly positioned, worn correctly, and clean.

(6) Buttons are securely sewn on and fastened.

(7) Drawstring is tied in a reef knot.

c. Corps Belt / Stable Belt:

(1) Fitted so that the buckle is central, or positioned appropriate to the corps requirements.

(2) Worn under the trouser loops and positioned ‘squarely’ around the waist.

(3) Serviceable and clean.

(4) Correctly fitted and assembled.

d. Trouser / Skirt:

(1) Clean and neatly pressed.

(2) Serviceable.

(3) All buttons are fastened.

(4) No bulky items are in the pockets.

e. Footwear:

(1) Clean, highly polished, and serviceable.

(2) Firmly laced in a ladder pattern.

f. Hands:

(1) Clean - nails cut short and clean.

Dos and Don’ts

7.12 Do:

a. Be of the highest standard of turnout yourself;

b. Be consistent and impersonal;

235 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.

Page 236: NZCF Drill Manual - No. 1 (City of Wellington) Squadron, ATC · NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 1 FOOT DRILL SECTION 2 NOTES FOR THE INSTRUCTOR _____ _ 1.6 Release of pressure,

NZCF 166 NZCF DRILL MANUAL CHAPTER 7 INSPECTIONS LESSON 1 NOTES FOR THE INSPECTING OFFICER ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

c. Give praise where praise is due; and

d. Insist upon and expect good results.

7.13 Don’t:

a. Make it a battle between you and them;

b. Touch them;

c. Ridicule or humiliate individuals;

d. Spend too long inspecting each Cadet; and

e. Allow those accompanying you to inspect for you.

236 01/15 Supercedes all previous versions

© Copyright is vested in Her Majesty The Queen in right of Her Government of New Zealand acting by and through the Chief Of Defence Force 2002.